Aperturas de Autos 2012 Si PDF

Go To Index
Page 1
ACCESS LOCK-OUT MANUAL 2011-2012

How to Use the 2011-2012 Car Opening Manual
Always Use Eye Protection
Safety first. Always use eye protection and leather

gloves when needed.
Always use the Index!
To find a vehicle look in the Index under Make first.

For example: Ford or Toyota then go down the list
alphabetically for example Ford Taurus or Toyota Camry.
Introduction
Check For Method 2
Some vehicles have a second method that is

shown as method 2 on the NEXT page for that opening.
Check For Alternate Methods
Some vehicles have an Alternate methods that is

shown as Alternate Method on the SAME page. These
instructions can be found in the front of the book directly
after the index Alternate Methods.
Check The V.I.N. Number
The 10th digit of the Vehicle Identification Number

shows the year of the vehicle. See chart below.
VIN Character - Model Year Codes
1981
B
1991
M
2001
1
2011
B
1982
C
1992
N
2002
2
2012
C
1983
D
1993
P
2003
3
2013
D
1984
E
1994
R
2004
4
1985
F
1995
S
2005
5
1986
G
1996
T
2006
6
1987
H
1997
V
2007
7
1988
J
1998
W
2008
8
High Tech Tools/Access Tools 2011-2012
1989
K
1999
X
2009
9
1990
L
2000
Y
2010
A
Go To Index
Group4
Notes
Group4
Notes
Page 2
Group3 Group2 NewId Style PRI Diagram
Method - Method
Go To Index
Method - Alt 23
ALTERNATE
Page 3
_Alternate Method Alt 23 Using the 23 Tool

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Separate weather strip from glass with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the car.
3.Insert tool into the door cavity.
4.Twist tool to hook top linkage with tip of tool.
5.Turn tool handle toward rear of vehicle to move linkage forward.
ALTERNATE
Tool 23
_ALTERNATE023_ALTERNATE 585 Style00 1 Alt23
xxx
Page 4
ALTERNATE
Go To Index
Method - Alt 103-04
_Alternate Method Alt 103-04 Using the 103 & 104 Tool
ALTERNATE
Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104

1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the flat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
Tool 103-04
_ALTERNATE103-4_ALTERNATE 1214 Style00 1 Alt103-04
Go To Index
Method - Alt22
ALTERNATE
Page 5

Tool: SMALL HOOK TOOL - 22
1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip.
2. Point tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door while turning tool so handle of tool points away from car.
4. Hook lock rod with tip of tool (see illustration).
Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have hooked correct bell crank, you will see the door
lock button move.
ALTERNATE
Tool 22
Go To Index
ALTERNATE
Page 6
ALTERNATE
Tool: Double Tool 26

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Tool 26
Method - Alt26
Go To Index
Method - Alt35
ALTERNATE
Page 7

TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
(see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the
inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
ALTERNATE
Tool 35
Go To Index
ALTERNATE
Page 8
Method - Alt47

Tool: Tool 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip ( Very tight fit, be very gentle ) .
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower tool into the door.
4. Twist tool handle to hook and bind lock linkage (see fig.).
5. Pull up on tool while hooking door lock rod.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod,
you will see the door lock button move. Instructions are for passenger side door.
ALTERNATE
Front Passenger
Door
INSER TION
Tool 47
Go To Index
Method - Alt74
ALTERNATE
Page 9

Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of
tool emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.
ALTERNATE
Tool 74
Go To Index
Page 10
ALTERNATE
Method - AltGM
_Alternate Method Alt GM Using the Glassman Tool
ALTERNATE
Tool: Glassman Tool

1. Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window .
2. Insert the tool into the cavity created by the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage .
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
4.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
5.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 78SG
_ALTERNATE78Glass_ALTERNATE 1216 Style00 1 AltGm
Go To Index
Method - AltGMV
ALTERNATE
Page 11
_Alternate Method Alt GMV Using the Glassman Tool

Vertical Buttons
Tool: Glassman Tool with a Vertical button tool
1 Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window .
2 Insert a loop type tool into the cavity created by the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage .
3. Maneuver the tool to engage the door lock button
5. Pull up on the button to unlock the vehicle.
Tool 78SG
_ALTERNATE78GlassV_ALTERNATE 1695 Style00 1 AltgmV
ALTERNATE
Linkage
Go To Index
Page 12
ALTERNATE
Method - AltOHJ
_Alternate Method Alt OHJ Using the One Hand Jack

Tool & 78 Tool
ALTERNATE
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG

1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations
Tool 78SG
_ALTERNATE78SG_ALTERNATE 1412 Style00 1 Altohj
Go To Index
Method - Startmulti
ALTERNATE
Page 13
_Alternate Method Using the Starter Air Jack & 78 Tool

Instructions
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
ALTERNATE
Tool 78SG
_ALTERNATE78SGc_ALTERNATE 1876 Style00 1 StartMulti
Go To Index
ALTERNATE
Page 14
Method - Alt81
_Alternate Method Alt81 Using the 81 Tool
ALTERNATE
TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button.
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle .
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of t he door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
Tool 81
Go To Index
Method - Alt57
ALTERNATE
Page 15

Tool: Strap Tool 87
1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip.
2. Cover front of the tool with another Strip Saver.
3. Insert the tool into the door using the Strip savers
4. Use the strings to help move the tip of the tool into position over the door lock button.
5. Pull the tool to lift the door lock button
ALTERNATE
Tool 57
Go To Index
ALTERNATE
Page 16
Method - Alt89
ALTERNATE

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button (see figure 1).
(see figure 3).
Tool 89
_ALTERNATE89_ALTERNATE 605 Style00 1 Alt89FD
Go To Index
Method - AltSJ1
ALTERNATE
Page 17
_Alternate Method AltSJ1 Using the Slim Jim

TOOL: SLIM JIM
1. Separate glass from weather-strips.
2. Use front door.
3. Move the lock pawl with tip of the Slim Jim.
NOTE:Watch door lock button.
ALTERNATE
Tool SJ
_ALTERNATESG_ALTERNATE 1218 Style00 1 Altsj1
Go To Index
Page 18
ALTERNATE
_Alternate Method AltSJ2 Using the Slim Jim
ALTERNATE
Tool: SLIM JIM

1. BEND SLIM JIM AS SHOWN.
2. Lower the tool into the door.
3. Place tip NEXT TO LOCK ROD.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.
Tool SJ
_ALTERNATESG2_ALTERNATE 1219 Style00 1 Altsj2
Method - Altsj2
Go To Index
Method - ALT125
ALTERNATE
Page 19
_Alternate MethodALT125 Using the 125 Tool

Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather
stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door
ALTERNATE
Tool 125
_ALTERNATESG3_ALTERNATE 1772 Style00 1 V12501
Go To Index
Method - M1
ACURA
Page 20
Acura CL 1997 1999

Tool:77
2 .With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, insert the tool into door, 12 inches from the door frame
3. Lower the tool below the linkage shield (See Diagram for Position)
4. Lift the tool so it goes in the gap between the plastic shield and the door frame. Hook the linkage
5. Move the linkage forward to unlock the door.
ACURA
Tool 77
Alternative method use

Alternate Alt22
ACURA CL
Tool in Insertion Position
View from Inside the Door
Tool in Working Position
Close up of Tool in Action
ACURA001ACURA 635 Style05 1 H7701F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 21
ACURA
Acura CL 2 Door 2001 2003

Tool: 74
3 Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool
emerges from inside of the car.
Tool 74
ACURA CL
Hook Lock Button and Lift to Unlock
ACURA002ACURA 655 Style04 1 R7401
ACURA

Alternate Alt22
Go To Index
ACURA
Page 22
Method - M1
Acura Integra 2 Door 1986 1993
ACURA
Tool: Downward Hook - 91

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) 5. Rotate tool
to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of
the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you
will see the door lock button move.
Tool 91L

Alternate Alt22
ACURA003ACURA 775 Style00 1 H9101F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Acura Integra 4 door 1986 1993

Acura Legend 2 Door 1986 1995
Page 23
ACURA
Acura SLX 1996 1999
Acura Vigor 1992 1994
Tool: Large side of double tool - 26

1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE:You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever
you will see it move.
Tool 26
ACURA
Alternate Alt22
Acura Integra
ACURA004ACURA 632 Style03 1 V2601
Go To Index
ACURA
Page 24
Method - M1
Acura Integra 2 door 1994 2001
ACURA

figure 1).
(see figure 3).
Tool 35

Alternate Altohj
ACURA005ACURA 631 Style00 1 R3501
Go To Index
Method - M1
ACURA
Page 25
Acura MDX 2001 2006

TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool- 26
1.Separate glass from weather strip with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Lower tool into the door near the door lock button.
3.Turn tool handle to make contact with tool tip and lock button.
4.Lift tool to unlock door.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside the car. When you contact the door lock button,
you will see the button move.
ACURA MDX
ACURA009-M1ACURA 1180 Style03 1 V2609
ACURA
Tool 26
Go To Index
Page 26
ACURA
Method - M2
Acura MDX 2001 2006
ACURA
Tool: 74
1.Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
Tool 74
ACURA009-M2ACURA 1340 Style00 1 R7401
Go To Index
Method - M1
ACURA
Page 27
Acura RL 1997 1998

Tool: REVERSE HOOK TOOL - 42
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on REAR passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and insert.
3. Lower tool into hole in inner door frame and beneath linkage shield. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
.
4. Rotate tool handle towards you and raise tip of tool behind the plastic shield in order to hook and bind
lock linkage.
6. Move linkage towards front of car.
ACURA
Tool 42

Alternate Altohj
ACURA011ACURA 636 Style00 1 H4202FRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
ACURA
Page 28
Acura RSX 3 Door 2002 2006

Acura TL 4 Door 2004 2008
Acura TSX 2004 2008

2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle .
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of t
he door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
1
2
Lower Tool Under
Glass
Insertion
Position
Tool 81
Wedge
Rotate & Tilt Tool

Into Position
4
Lift Tool
to Unlock Door
ACURA
Tool
Lock Button
Push tool againt lock button
and lift tool to unlock door
ACURA RSX
Enlargement
From Inside Door
Tool in insertion position
View from inside the car

ACURA013ACURA 1228 Style04 1 acu016

Alternate Altohj
Tool in working position
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 29
ACURA
Acura TL 1996 1998

Acura NSX 1991 2005
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door .
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
4. Turn tool to hook and bind bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rock tool handle towards rear of vehicle in order to move the linkage towards the front of the car.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.
Tool 23
ACURA
Acura TL
Tool must enter hole in inner door

panel to grab lower linkage.
Tool in working position. Rotate handle

towards REAR of car
Close Up. Move linkage towards

FRONT of car
ACURA015-M1ACURA 778 Style05 1 H2305f
Go To Index
Page 30
Acura TL 1996 1998

Method - M2
ACURA
Acura NSX 1991 2005
Tool: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG

1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward.
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle.
Use of Glass Saver System is recommended!
Tool 78SG
Tool
ACURA
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Acura TL
Insert SuperWedge/Glassmaninto
window
Hook lock button with tool, and move

to rear of car to unlock
ACURA015-M2ACURA 639 Style04 1 glassman
Insert tool into hole created by SuperWedge/Glassman
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 31
ACURA
Acura TL 4 Door 1999 2003

Acura Legend 4 Door 1986 1995
Acura RL 4 Door 1999 2004
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
ACURA TL
ACURA016ACURA 1514 Style03 1 V4711
ACURA
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 32
Acura MDX 2007 2012

Acura RDX 4 door 2007 2012
Method - M1
ACURA
Acura RL 2005 2012
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
ACURA
Tool 89

Alternate Altohj
Acura MDX
Push door lock button to unlock door

ACURA021ACURA 624 Style04 1 R8901FD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 33
ACURA
Acura TL 2009 2011

Acura TL 2012 2013
Acura TSX 2009 2013

Acura TSX Sports Wagon 2011 2013

5.Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button.
6 Push the door lock Button Forward to Unlock the door
Tool 78SG
Button
ACURA
ACURA TL
Use jack Tool To make Working Room

for AirjacK
Insert Airjack and Inflate
Push the door lock button forward to

unlock the car
Button moves tward the Front
ACURA022ACURA 1606 Style06 1 jack_but
Go To Index
Page 34
ACURA
Method - M1
Acura ZDX 2010 2013
ACURA
Tool 78SG
ACURA023ACURA 1725 Style00 1 startmulti
Go To Index
Method - M1
ALFA ROMEO
Page 35
Alfa Romeo All All

TOOL: SLIM JIM
These cars are equipped with a lazy pawl. You can usually open them by attacking the pawl on the door
lock.
These can be opened as shown in the illustrations below.
ALFA ROMEO
Tool SJ

Alternate Altohj
ALFA ROMEO001ALFA ROMEO 1515 Style00 1 LPSJ01
Go To Index
Page 36
Audi 4000 1984 1989

Audi 5000 1984 1989
Audi A4 Wagon
Method - M1
AUDI
Audi A4 Upto 1998
Audi A6 Upto 1998
AUDI
Tool: Double Tool - 26

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. (VERY TIGHT FIT)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock knob. Lift tool to unlock door.
Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions are for either door.
Tool 26
AUDI004-M1AUDI 641 Style00 1 V2601
Go To Index
Method - M2
Audi A4 Upto 1998

Audi A4 Wagon
AUDI
Page 37
Audi A6 Upto 1998

Audi A8 1998
TOOL: STRIP TOOL

1. Insert Strip Savers between the window and the door or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool in between window and Strip Saver (SEE DIAGRAM).
3. Hook door lock knob with folded end of Strip Tool.
4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE: Whenever the door lock button is exposed, we recommend using this method.
AUDI
Tool 57
AUDI004-M2AUDI 642 Style00 1 V5701
Go To Index
Page 38
Audi S4 2000 2002

Audi 100 All
Audi 200
Audi 80 All
Method - M1
AUDI
Audi 90 All
Audi A4 Sedan 1999 2001
Audi A4 Avant Wagon 1999 2001
Audi S4 Avant Wagon 2001 2002
AUDI
Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86

1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge. (VERY TIGHT FIT)
4. Hook lock rod where it attaches to door latch mechanism and lift.
5. Watch door lock button for movement. When you have hooked correct lock rod crank, you will see the
* Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions are for either door.
Tool 86
AUDI005AUDI 375 Style00 1 V8604
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 39
AUDI
Audi S4 2006 2012

Audi A4 Avant 2004 2012

Audi RS-4 2006 2009
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35

5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock handle (see figure 4).
7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
1
Lower ool
T
Under Glass
Tool 35
Insertion
Position
Rotate Tilt
& ool
T
Into Position
Wed ge
4
Tool
Lock Button
Lock
Button
Slide tool in
this direction
to unlock door

Alternate Starthand
Enlargement
From Inside Door
AUDI A4
Hook the Inside Door Handle to Open
View from Far Inside
AUDI006AUDI 470 Style05 1 aud012
AUDI
REAR
DOOR
Go To Index
Method - M1
AUDI
Page 40
Audi A4 Cabriolet 2 Door 2003 2009
Audi S4 Cabriolet 2006 2001
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG

1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
Tool
Tool 78SG
Handle
Direction
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
AUDI
PASSENGER
DOOR
Audi A4 Cabriolet
Insert glassmaster tool
View from inside the vehicle
Insert long reach tool into cavity
Pull door handle to open door
AUDI007AUDI 1267 Style05 1 R5004
Go To Index
Method - M1
Audi
Page 41

5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
7 Pull the outside Handle to Unlock the door
Note These vehicles are very delicate so the utmost care should be used
Audi
Tool 78SG
AUDI008-M1BAUDI 1813 Style00 1 StartHand
Go To Index
Method - M1
AUDI
Page 42
Audi S6 2003 2009

Audi A3 4 door 2006 2012

Audi RS6 2004 2009

7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the gl ass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
1
Lower ool
T
Under Glass
Tool 35
Insertion
Position
Rotate Tilt
& ool
T
Into Position
Wed ge
4
Tool
AUDI
REAR
DOOR
Lock Button
Lock
Button
Slide tool in
this direction
to unlock door
Enlargement
From Inside Door
AUDI A6

AUDI008b-M1AUDI 21 Style04 1 aud012
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 43
AUDI

Audi A3 4 door 2006 2012
Audi RS6 2004 2009

Audi S6 2003 2009

Tool 78SG
AUDI
Audi A6
Insert Jack Tool
Insert Air Wedge
Insert tool into door cavity
Manoeuvre tool to hook door lock

handle
Pull door lock handle to unlock door
AUDI008b-M2AUDI 670 Style06 1 Jackhand
Go To Index
Method - M1
AUDI
Page 44

Audi A8 Sedan 1998
Audi A8 Wagon 1998 2003
Audi A8L Sedan 2001 2006

Audi S8 Sedan 2001 2003
TOOL: LARGE SIDE OF DOUBLE TOOL- 26

1. Separate glass from weather-strip on REAR passenger door.
NOTE: USE REAR PASSENGER DOOR
Extreme caution should be used on this vehicle since the body is all Aluminum
AUDI
Tool 26

Alternate Altohj
Audi A8
AUDI009AUDI 1686 Style02 1 C2601
Go To Index
Method - M1
Audi
Page 45

Caution: This vehicle has an aluminum body and can be damaged very easily. This opening should only
be used in extreme emergencies
Audi
Tool 78SG
AUDI009bAUDI 1815 Style00 1 StartHand
Go To Index
Page 46
Method - M1
AUDI
Audi A7 4 door 2011 2012
AUDI
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG with Glassman Wedge

1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar
2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock handle.
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open
the door.
This opening is provided for use in extreme emergencies only, and is not recommended under for use
under normal circumstances.
Pull handle
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 78SG
AUDI009cAUDI 1776 Style00 1 Glasshdl
Go To Index
Method - M1
Audi Q7 SUV 2007 2012

Audi Allroad Wagon 1998 2005
Page 47
AUDI
Audi Avant 1998 2005
Audi Q5 SUV 2009 2012
Tool: Inside Access Tool-35

6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
Tool 35
Audi Q7
Hook door handle with end of tool
Pull door handle to unlock door
AUDI010-M1AUDI 630 Style06 1 R3510
AUDI

Alternate starthand
Go To Index
Method - M2
AUDI
Page 48
Audi Q7 SUV 2007 2012

Audi AllRoad Wagon
Audi Avant
Audi Q5 SUV 2009 2012
TOOL : JACK TOOL

1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle.
2. Insert a ir wedge into upper portion of the door and inflate to create an opening in the door.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to
5 Unlock the vehicle.
Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!
AUDI
Tool 78SG
Audi Q7
Insert Jack Tool and Air Wedge
Insert long reach tool into door
Inflate Air Wedge to create working

space
Pull door handle to unlock door
AUDI010-M2AUDI 666 Style05 1 jackhand
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 49
AUDI
Audi TT Roadster 2000 2006
Audi TT 2 DOOR 2000 2012

3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
Tool
Tool 78SG
Handle
Direction
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
PASSENGER
DOOR
AUDI
Audi TT
Insert Wedge in Frameless Window
Insert Remote Access Tool Between

Wedges
Hook Door Lock Handle and Pull Back
AUDI011AUDI 340 Style05 1 R5004
Go To Index
Page 50
Audi A5 Coupe 2008 2012

Audi R8 Copue 2008 2012
Method - M1
AUDI
Audi S5 Copue 2008 2012

2.Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open
the door.
AUDI
Tool
Handle
Direction
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 78SG
Audi012AUDI 367 Style00 1 R5004
PASSENGER
DOOR
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 51
AUDI
Audi 1 Series Copue 2010 2012

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge
1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass an pillar
the door.
Tool
Direction
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 78SG
Audi013AUDI 1707 Style00 1 R5004
PASSENGER
DOOR
AUDI
Handle
Go To Index
Method - M1
AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK
Page 52
Autocar All All

Tool: 102 Upward Bend Tool
1.Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room to insert the tool.
.Insert the tool near the very rear of the front passenger side door.
3.Hook the linkage directly under the door lock button where it connects to the door lock latch.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.
AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK
Wedge
Linkage
Direction
Direction
Tool 102
Tool
All Autocar Heavy Duty Trucks.
Insert the tool at rear of passenger

side door.
Lower tool directly under door lock

button. Lift to unlock.
AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK001AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK 1455 Style03 1 V8804HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 53
BMW
BMW 325i 2006 2012

BMW 3 Series Framed Window 2000 2012
BMW 330i 2006 2012
BMW 5 Series 2001 2012
BMW 5 Series Wagon 2005 2012
BMW 550i 2005 2012

BMW 745 2005 2008
BMW 760 2006 2008
BMW X3 2004 2009
BMW X5 2002 2009
Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack
1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door.
2. Insert and inflate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door.
3. Prepare two (2) tools for use, the first for disabling the deadlock mechanism, the second for opening the door.
4. Insert the first tool in the opening in the door .
5. Maneuver the tool to push the door lock button to disable the deadlock mechanism. A clicking sound may be heard
in the door. The door lock release button will be found on the dashboard or the console near the shift lever.
6. With the deadlock mechanism disengaged, quickly use the long reach tool to pull the door handle twice- once to
unlock the door, the second to open the door.
NOTE: This opening is intended for automobiles with framed windows and deadlock mechanisms.
Tool 78SG
Dashboar
d
BMW
Push Door Lock Button To Release Deadlock
Use One Hand Jack t
Use Air Wedge To create opening
Push deadlock button on dash to

release deadlock mechanism
Insert Long Reach Tool at top of door
Quickly pull door handle to unlock
BMW001BMW 523 Style05 1 78Frame
Go To Index
Page 54
Method - M1
BMW
BMW 645 2005 2012

BMW 3 Series Convertible 1997 2012
BMW 3 Series Coupe 2007 2012
BMW 325ci 2006 2012

BMW 650I 2006 2012
BMW M Coupe 2007 2010
BMW M Roadster 2007 2010
BMW M3 2000 2010
Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with GlassMan

1. Insert the GlassMan wedge in the window.
2. Prepare two (2) tools for use, the first for disabling the deadlock mechanism, the second for opening the door.
3. Insert the first tool in the opening created by the GlassMan wedge.
4. Maneuver the tool to push the door lock button to disable the deadlock mechanism. A clicking sound may be heard
in the door. The door lock release button will be found on the dashboard or the console near the shift lever.
5. With the deadlock mechanism disengaged, quickly use the long reach tool to pull the door handle twice- once to
unlock the door, the second to open the door .
NOTE : This opening is intended only for automobiles with frameless windows and deadlock mechanisms.
Special Note: BMW is an expensive and delicate vehicle Use these openings Only in extreme emergency situations.
BMW
Tool 78SG
BMW 645
Insert Glass Master
Insert Flat Tool for Door Lock Button
Push Door Lock Button on Console
Insert SQM Tool for Door Handle
Pull Door Handle TWICE to Unlock
BMW006BMW 338 Style06 1 78FRLess
Go To Index
Method - M1
BMW
Page 55
BMW 8 Series Upto 1998

Tool: STRIP TOOL - 57
1. Insert Strip Saver in between window and door, or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame (SEE INSERTION
DIAGRAM).
3. Maneuver Strip tool to hook door lock knob.
NOTE : All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechanism which engages when
the door is locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key it, is impossible to open with car
opening tools. In the event of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N. number. If the
car is locked by any oF their method, use these opening methods.
NOTE : Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key from the BMW dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identification number.
BMW
Tool 57
BMW009BMW 825 Style00 1 V5701
Go To Index
Page 56
BMW M Coupe 1998 2002

BMW 5 series upto 2000
BMW 6 Series upto 2003
Method - M1
BMW
BMW 7 Series 4 door 1989 2001
BMW M Roadster 1998 2002
BMW M3 Coupe Upto 1999
BMW
Tool: Double Bend Tool 88

1. Use inside door handle of rear door as guide (See figure for position).
4. Tip of tool must go into the hole in doorframe.
5. Lift up on tool and hook bell crank (see fig.).
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct bell crank, you
NOTE: All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechanism which engages when the door is
locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key, it is impossible to open with car opening tools. In the event
of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N number. If the car is locked by any other method, use
these opening methods.
NOTE: Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key
from the BMW dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identification number.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
Tool 88-45
V8802.eps

Alternate Altohj
BMW
BMW010BMW 114 Style04 1 V8802
Go To Index
Method - M1
BMW Z3 1997 2002

BMW Z4 2003 2009
Page 57
BMW
BMW Z8 All
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg

1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward (see figure 1 for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle (see figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figure
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure
the door.
Tool
Direction
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 78SG
BMW013BMW 1190 Style00 1 R5004
PASSENGER
DOOR
BMW
Handle
Go To Index
Page 58
Method - M1
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS
Chevrolet HT C Series Vertical Buttons and Vent Windows Pre 1989

4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining therelease button depressed.
Tool 103-04
Insert #103 Vent Handle
Insert #104 Latch

Button Tool
Chevrolet Medium Duty Trucks. Vent

Windows and Vertical Buttons.
Insert Flat Vent tool under the vent

window directly below the vent window
latch handle.
Depress vent window latch lock button

with flat tool while turning handle with
other tool.
Keep the Button depresed while turning the handle.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS001CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1456 Style04 1 R103-04
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 59
Chevrolet HT C Series Horizontal Linkage 1989 2002

1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod.
5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.
Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled) is shown
reversed.
FOR 1997 Models: See Index
Tool 23
Chevrolet Kodiack heavy duty truck
Lower the tool into the door at the very

rear edge of the passenger door
Tool in working position. Hook top

linkage.
View from inside the door. Move linkage forward to unlock.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS002CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1457 Style04 1 H2337F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 60
Chevrolet HT 4500 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2012

Chevrolet HT 5500 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009
Chevrolet HT C Series Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009
Tool: 9 1 Downward Hook Tool

1.Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool into the rear of the door.
2. Lower the tool with the tip facing the rear INSIDE of the door. Note that the tip of the tool must not go behind the
window run channel so keep the tip facing towards the inside while you lower it in the door.
3.Hook the door lock rod with the tip of the tool.
4.Rotate the tool in order to move the linkage to the front of the car.
Wedge
Tool 91
Gap In
Shield
Shield
Move Tool
Gap In
Shield
Move Tool
ENLARGEMENT
All C Series 2003 and later Medium

and Heavy duty Truck Chassis
Tool in working position. Note tool is

deep in door with tip at rear corner
Twist tool to move linkage to front of

vehicle
View inside door. Tool hooks linkage at

lower rear corner of door.
Close up of tool in action.
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS003CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 330 Style06 1 H9101FHT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 61
Chevrolet HT Van Cab All

Tool: 91 Downward Hook Tool
1 Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool into the center of the door.
2.Lower the tool on to the door lock linkage.
3.Hook the door lock rod with the tip of the tool
Wedge
Tool 91
Gap In
Shield
Shield
Move Tool
Gap In
Shield
Move Tool
ENLARGEMENT
Chevrolet heavy duty van chassis is

used with a variety of deifferent bed
configurations
Insert the number 106 tool near the

center of the door.
Lower the tool on top of the lock linkage. Twist the tool so the tip moves
towards the front of the door.
When you have hooked the correct

linkage you will see the door lock button move up
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS004CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1459 Style04 1 H9101FHT
Go To Index
Page 62
Method - M1
Chevrolet HT W Series Light Duty Pre 1995

TOOL: S Tool - 47
1.Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2.Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Chevrolet light duty cab over business

class trucks
Pull
Up
Tool 47
Tool in working position. Tool is only a

few inches into the door.
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS005-M1CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1460 Style03 1 v4715HT
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 63
Chevrolet HT W Series Light Duty Pre 1995

Tool 26
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up
Lift the tool up under the door lock button, to

unlock the door.
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS005-M2CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1461 Style02 1 V2612HT
Wedge
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 64
Chevrolet HT W Series Light Duty 1996 2009

Wedge
Tool 26
Pull
Up
Linkage
Chevrolet W3500 and W4500
Pull
Up
Lower tool into the door near the door

lock button.
Lower tool below door lock button, lift

tool under button to unlock.
View of the door lock button from the

inside of the vehicle.
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS006CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1462 Style04 1 V2613HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 65
Chevrolet HT T Series Medium Duty Pre 1995

Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool
1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door until the tool rests on the lock linkage.
3.Twist the tool to bind the linkage.
4.Move the tip of the tool forward so the linkage moves towards the front of the truck.
5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.
Tool 23
Wedge
Direction
Chevrolet Medium Duty T Series

trucks
Direction
Enlargement
Insert tool between glass and weather

stripping.
Hook top linkage with tool tip. Move

linkage to rear to unlock.
Close up of tool in action
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS007CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1468 Style05 1 H2340HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 66
Chevrolet HT T Series Medium Duty 1996 2006

Tool: 105 Tool
1 Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door about of the way down in the door.
3.Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the truck.
4.Lift the tool under the door lock linkage.
Tool 105
Wedge
Tool
Direction
Direction
Chevrolet large and medium duty business class cab over trucks
Tool in insertion position.
Tool in working position.
View from inside the door.
Hook tool tip under lock linkage and lift

to unlock.
View of door with panel.
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS008CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1463 Style06 1 V10501HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 67
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
Dodge Magnum 2005 2008

Chrysler 300C 2005 2013
Chrysler 300C SRT 2005 2013
Chrysler 300M 1999 2004
Chrysler Aspen 2007 2009

Chrysler Cirrus 4 door 1995 2000
Chrysler Concorde 1998 2004
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Dodge Magnum
Hook Lock Rod and Lift to Unlock.
CHRYSLER002CHRYSLER 1429 Style05 1 V4707
Tool 47
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 68
Chrysler 200 2011 2013
Chrysler 200 Convertible 2011 2013
Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
Tool 125
Chrysler 200
Tool In Working Position
close up of inside of door
inside of door
tool hooking linkage
CHRYSLER002b-M1CHRYSLER 1789 Style05 1 V12501
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 69
Chrysler 200 2011 2013

TOOL: Checkmark Tool- 66
1. Insert a strip saver and wedge into the rear passenger door between the glass and the weather stripping.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not lower the tool very
far into the door.
3.Turn the tool handle away from the vehicle to access the lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to hook the lock linkage from below (see diagram).
5.Turn tool handle to move lock linkage towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock the door.
Chrysler 200
Tool insertion Position

CHRYSLER002b-M2CHRYSLER 1827 Style04 1 H6603RD
Tool 66
Go To Index
Page 70
Method - M1
Chrysler Crossfire Convertible 2005 2008

Chrysler Crossfire Coupe 2004 2008
Chrysler Crossfire SRT 6 2005 2006

Chrysler Crossfire Roadster 2005 2008

2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
Note: Use of the Glass Master System is recommended!
Tool
Tool 78SG
Drivers
DOOR ONLY
Handle
Direction
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Chrysler Crossfire
Drivers
DOOR ONLY
Hook Door Handle.
Pull Door Handle to Open.
CHRYSLER006CHRYSLER 563 Style04 1 R5009dd
Go To Index
Method - M1
Dodge Ram 3500 Series 2002 2002

Chrysler Fifth Avenue 1985 1989
Chrysler Imperial 1986 1989
Chrysler New Yorker 1986 1989
Page 71
Chrysler New Yorker Salon 1990 1993

Dodge Ram Truck 1994 2001
Dodge Truck Full Size 1994 2001
Plymouth Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994
Plymouth Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994
Tool: SMALL HOOK TOOL 22

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
4. Hook Bell Crank with end of tool.
5. Lift straight up on tool in order to raise the lock button.
Tool 22
Front Passenger
Door
INSER TION

Alternate Alt47
CHRYSLER009-M1CHRYSLER 535 Style00 1 V2201
Go To Index
Page 72
Plymouth Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994

Dodge Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994
Dodge Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994
Dodge Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994
Method - M2
Dodge Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994

Dodge Ram Van 1985 1997
Dodge Van Full Size 1985 1997
Plymouth Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994
Tool: DOUBLE TOOL - 26

For the above vehicles equipped with pop-up style locks
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
Tool 26
CHRYSLER009-M2CHRYSLER 799 Style00 1 V2601
Go To Index
Method - M1
Chrysler Laser 1984 1989

Chrysler LeBaron 2 Door 1982 1989
Chrysler LeBaron 4 Door 1982 1989
Chrysler Maserati TC 1989 1991
Chrysler Town & Country 1984 1990
Chrysler Town & Country Wagon Wagon 1984 1988
Dodge 600 1984 1988
Dodge Aries 1984 1988
Dodge Caravan 1984 1990
Page 73
Dodge Charger 1984 1990

Dodge Daytona 1984 1990
Dodge Lancer 1984 1989
Dodge Shelby Charger 1984 1990
Plymouth Caravelle 1984 1986
Plymouth Laser 1984 1989
Plymouth Reliant 1984 1988
Plymouth Voyager 1984 1990
Tool 23
CHRYSLER010CHRYSLER 704 Style00 1 H2332F
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23

4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards
the rear of the door.
Go To Index
Page 74

Method - M1
Tool: SLIM JIM

This vehicle is equipped with a lazy pawl lock mechanism, and it can be opened as shown in the illustration below.
Tool SJ

Alternate Altohj
CHRYSLER011CHRYSLER 694 Style00 1 HSJ01
Go To Index
Method - M1
Chrysler LeBaron 1990 1995

Chrysler LeBaron Convertible 1990 1995
Chrysler LeBaron GTC Convertible 1990 1995
Page 75
Dodge Daytona 1990 1994

Dodge Monaco 1990 1992
Plymouth Grand Fury 1990 1991

1. at the lock button inside of the vehicle.
2. a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip near the lock button.
3. the tool between the glass and the weather-stripping in front door.
4. the tool into the door.
5. the back side of the lock button with the tip of the tool and lift it up.
6. the lock button for movement.
NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button
move.
Tool 26
Go To Index
Page 76
Chrysler LHS 1994 2001

Chrysler Concorde 1993 1997
Dodge Intrepid 1993 1997
Method - M1

Dodge Stratus 4 Door 1995 2006
Eagle Vision 1993 1997
Plymouth Breeze 1996 2000
Tool :S Tool 47
3. Lower the tool into car (see figure for position).
4. Hook linkage that runs from door lock pawl to door latch mechanism (see enlargement diagram below).
5. Pull straight up on tool to unlock door.
Tool 47
Chrysler LHS
View from inside the door
Close up of tool on linkage

CHRYSLER014CHRYSLER 697 Style04 1 V4704F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 77
Chrysler Pacifica Wagon 2004 2008

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. Insert strip saver and wedge on the upper corner of the door.
2. Insert an Air Wedge into the door and inflate.
3. Remove the wedge from the door.
4. Insert tool into the door.
5. Maneuver the tool so that the tip of the tool accesses the door lock button.
6. Push the door lock button to unlock the door.
Tool 78SG
Chrysler Pacifica
Insert Wedge on Top Corner of Door.
Insert Air Wedge.
Pump Air Wedge to Inflate.
Insert Tool Directly Above Air Wedge.
Push Door Lock Button With Tool to

Unlock Door.
CHRYSLER015CHRYSLER 1366 Style06 1 RLJ02
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 78
Chrysler Prowler 2001 2002
Plymouth Prowler 1999 2000
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23

3. Lower the tool into car (see figure for position).
4. Hook lock linkage with hooked end of tool.
5. Turn tool handle towards rear of vehicle to unlock the door.
Tool 23
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Alternate AltGM
Chrysler Prowler
Close Up
CHRYSLER016CHRYSLER 784 Style05 1 H2218FRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 79
Chrysler PT Cruiser 4 Door 2001 2011
Chrysler PT Cruiser Convertible 2005 2008
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into passenger side front door to create an opening for the tool.
2. Lower the S tool into the door directly above the door handle.
3. Once lowered into the door, twist tool to hook door lock rod (See Photos 4 and 5)
4. Lift tool to unlock the door.
Chrysler PT Cruiser
Close up of Tool Hooking Lock Rod
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 80
Chrysler Sebring 1995 2000
Method - M1

Dodge Avenger 1995 2000
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23

5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear
of the door.
Tool 23
Move linkage to rear of car

CHRYSLER018CHRYSLER 1290 Style04 1 H2354B
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 81
Chrysler Sebring Convertible 1996 2000

Tool: DOWNWARD BEND TOOL- 91
1 Insert Strip Saver and Wedge in passenger side door to create an opening for the tool.
2 Use the curved end of the tool, and point it towards the front of the car. Lower the tool approximately half way into
the door, directly above the door handle (see diagram for position).
3 Twist tool handle to enable the working end of the tool to access the lock linkage.
4 Hook and bind lock linkage, and turn tool handle towards rear of car in order to move the linkage forward and unlock the door.
Tool 91L
CHRYSLER SEBRING CONVERTIBLE
CHRYSLER019CHRYSLER 1182 Style04 1 H9128F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 82
Chrysler Sebring 4 Door 2001 2006

TOOL S TOOL - 47
1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip on passenger side door.
2. L ower tool into the car door directly above the door handle.
3. Twist tool handle in order to hook the lock rod. Once the tool makes contact with the rod, you should see the door
lock button move.
4. Lift tool to move lock rod and unlock the door.
Tool 47
CHRYSLER SEBRING
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 83
Chrysler Sebring Convertible 2001 2006

Chrysler Sebring Coupe 2001 2006
Dodge Stratus Coupe 2001 2006

Dodge Stratus RT 2002 2006

1. Use appropriate wedge (like the Glass Master Wedge System) to separate the glass and create working room.
2. Insert the tool into the vehicle.
3. Move the door lock button to with the tool to unlock the door.
Tool 78SG
Chrysler Sebring
Insert Super Wedge and Tool in Opening
Reach Tool Across Door to Access

Door Handle
Pull Door Handle to Unlock Door
CHRYSLER020bCHRYSLER 1193 Style04 1 R5007
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 84
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Dodge Charger
Inside of door
Tool hooking linkage

CHRYSLER020cCHRYSLER 1829 Style05 1 V4708
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 85

Chrysler Voyager 2001 2003
Dodge Caravan 1991 2007
Dodge Grand Caravan 1991 2007

Plymouth Voyager 1991 2000
TOOL: S Tool- 47
1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into the passenger side front door.
2. With tip facing rear of vehicle, lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle.
3. Twist tool to hook lock linkage.
Tool 47
CHRYSLER TOWN & COUNTRY
CHRYSLER022CHRYSLER 1297 Style05 1 v4708
Go To Index
Page 86
Chrysler Sebring 2007 2012
Method - M1
Chrysler Sebring Convrtiblr 2007 2012

1. Insert a strip saver and wedge into the rear passenger door between the glass and the weather stripping.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not lower the tool very
far into the door.
Tool 66
Front Passenger
Door
INSER TION

Alternate alt47
Chrysler Sebring
Tool in insertion position. Use rear

door.
Tool shown in working location.
View from inside the door. Note location of door lock rod.
Close up of tool in action. Hook lock

rod and lift to unlock.
CHRYSLER023CHRYSLER 767 Style06 1 H6603RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Dodge Grand Caravan 2008 2012
Page 87
TOOL - 47
3. Twist tool handle in order to hook the lock rod. Once the tool makes contact with the rod, you should
see the door lock button move.
Dodge Caravan
Chrysler025CHRYSLER 1593 Style03 1 V4707
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 88
Method - M1
Dodge Challenger 2 Door 2009 2013

TOOL: 105
1.Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage.
4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.
Tool 105
Linkage

Alternate AltGMV
Dodge Chalenger
Tool 105
Closeup of tool lifting Linkage
Tool Under linkage Lift
Go To Index
Method - M1
Dodge Colt Horizontal 1986 1994

Dodge Colt Vista Horizontal 1986 1994
Eagle Summit 2 Door 1989 1992
Page 89
Plymouth Colt Horizontal 1986 1994

Plymouth Colt Vista Horizontal 1986 1994

4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front
of the door.
Inside the door close-up

DODGE009CHRYSLER 703 Style04 1 H2351F
Inside the door
Tool 23
Go To Index
Page 90
Dodge Dakota 1997 2000
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
DODGE017CHRYSLER 933 Style00 1 V4704F
Method - M1
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 91
Dodge Durango 2001 2003

1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip of the front passenger side door.
2. With the tool facing the front of the vehicle, lower tool into he door, directly above the door handle.
3. Hook and bind the lower linkage (see diagram and photos for position).
4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle to unlock the door.
Tool 23
DODGE DAKOTA
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 92

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Dodge Durango
DODGE019CHRYSLER 1158 Style05 1 V4701
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 93
Dodge Durango SUV 2011 2013

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Dodge Durango
Inside of door
tool hooking linkage
DODGE019bCHRYSLER 1830 Style05 1 V4708
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 94
Dodge Neon 2 door 1994 1999
Plymouth Neon 2 door 1994 1999
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23

2. Lower the tool into the door on top of lock linkage.
3. Twist tool to bind linkage.
4. Move tool forward.
Tool 23
DODGE NEON
Inside of door panel off.
Close-up of inside panel off.
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 95
Plymouth Neon 4 door 1994 1999
Tool: Drop & Rock - 82 Use REAR DOOR

1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip of the rear door with strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door.
4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage
5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside
6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.
DODGE026CHRYSLER 832 Style03 1 H8206RD
Tool 82
Go To Index
Page 96
Method - M1

Dodge Neon RT 4door 2002 2003
Dodge Neon SRT-4 2004 2005
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23

2. Using door lock button inside car as guide. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
3. Hook door lock rod just behind door lock button.
4. Gently push down and forward on tool. (Care should be taken since the plastic linkage inside may come loose.)
NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button move.
Tool 23
Close-up
DODGE027CHRYSLER 1145 Style04 1 H2357
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 97

Tool 103-04
DODGE028CHRYSLER 1353 Style00 1 R103-04
Insert #104 Latch

Button Tool
Go To Index
Page 98
Method - M1


Tool : Large side of double tool - 26

NOTE:You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever,you will see
the door lock button move.
Tool 26
Dodge Ram 1500

Go To Index
Method - M1
Dodge Ram 2500, 3500 2004 2008

Dodge Ram 1500 2002 2008
Page 99
Dodge Ram Power Wagon 2004 2005

Dodge Ram SRT 2004 2009
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip ( Very tight fit, be very gentle ) .
4. Twist tool handle to hook and bind lock linkage (see fig.).
5. Pull up on tool while hooking door lock rod.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod, you will see
Instructions are for passenger side door.
Tool 47
DODGE RAM
Inside view of Tool in working position
Close Up
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 100

Tool: S Tool - 47
2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 1847NC Tool.
Tool 47
Linkage
DODGE RAM 2500 99
Tool and wedge in insertion position
Tool and wedge in working position
Close up of tool and linkage
DODGE031CHRYSLER 1138 Style05 1 H4708
Go To Index
Method - M1
Dodge Spirit 1989 1995

Dodge Diplomat 1982 1989
Dodge Dynasty 1988 1993
Dodge Omni 1983 1990
Dodge Shadow 1984 1994
Dodge Van Full Size 1985 1997
Eagle Medallion
Page 101
Eagle Premier 1988 1992

Eagle Summit 4 DOOR 1989 1992
Eagle Summit Wagon 4 DOOR 1989 1992
Plymouth Acclaim 1989 1995
Plymouth Duster 1984 1994
Plymouth Horizon 1983 1990
Plymouth Sundance 1984 1994
Plymouth Van Full Size 1985 1997


Door without inside panel
Tool 26
Go To Index
Page 102
Method - M1
Dodge Sprinter 2004 2009
TOOL: 101
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the glass and the weather striping.
2.With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle.
Properly placed, there is less than one inch between the tool handle and the door frame (see diagram).
3.Lower the tool deep into the door, and turn the handle away from the vehicle.
4.Maneuver the working end of the tool to find the electronic door lock actuator.
5.Depress the electronic door lock actuator by pushing down on the tool in order to unlock the door.
Tool 101
Dodge Sprinter
DODGE034CHRYSLER 1157 Style02 1 Sprinter
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 103
Dodge Stealth 1991 1999
Chrysler Conquest 1984 1989
Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91

2. Point tip of tool toward rear of car.
3. Insert tool into door at the position shown below.
4. Rest the tip of the tool on the linkage closest to the outside of the door.
6. Rotate the tool to bind and move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle (see enlargement diagram).
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement.
NOTE : Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
Tool 91L
Rotate
Linkage
Lock Linkage
Direction
DODGE STEALTH
Bind and move the linkage towards the

front of the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 104
Method - M2
Dodge Nitro 2007 2012

2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM).
NOTE : All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechani sm which engages when the
door is locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key it, is impossible to open with car opening tools. In
the event of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N. number. If the car is locked by any o ther
method, use these opening methods.
NOTE : Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key
Tool 57
Dodge Nitro
Insert jack tool
Insert air wedge at top of door
Pump air wedge to create opening in

door
Insert strip tool into door
Hook door lock button and pull to

unlock
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 105
Dodge Ram 4500/5500 Truck 2008 2009

Dodge 3500 Cab Chassis Truck 2008 2012
Dodge 4500 /5500 cab Chasssis 2008 2012

Dodge Cab Chassis Truck 2008 2009
Tool 120
1) Insert the Strip saver and wedge between the glass and the weather-striping
2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes behind the
window run channel. The tool should be at the rear of the door.(The window run channel is the piece the windows
slides down in)
3) Lower the tool under the lock linkage
4) Lift the tool under the linkage to unlock the door.
Tool 120
V8806.eps
Dodge 4500
Tool in insertion Position
Notice the tool Is inserted behind the

window run channel
Tool lifting the linkage behind the run

channel
Dodge040-M1CHRYSLER 1616 Style05 1 V12001
Go To Index
Page 106
Method - M1
Dodge Ram 4500/5500 Truck 2011 2012
Tool 120
2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes
behind the window run channel. The tool should be at the rear of the door.(The window run channel is the
piece the windows slides down in)
V8806.eps
Tool 120
Dodge040-M1bCHRYSLER 1764 Style00 1 V12001
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 107
Dodge Ram 4500/5500 Truck 2009 2009
Dodge 4500 /5500 cab Chasssis 2008 2012
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Wedge
Tool
Linkage
Pull
Up
Pull Up
Dodge 4500
Insert tool in position shown
Lower tool into door. Hook door lock

rod w/ tip of tool an lift tool to unlock
door
View from Inside
Dodge040-M2CHRYSLER 366 Style05 1 V4717HT
Go To Index
Page 108
Method - M2
Dodge Journey 2008 2012
TOOL: 105
1. Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
Tool 105
Dodge Journey
Dodge041CHRYSLER 601 Style03 1 V10511
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 109
Dodge Caliber 2006 2012
Dodge Caliber SRT 2006 2012
TOOL: 105
Tool 105
Dodge Caliber
Go To Index
Page 110
Method - M1
Dodge Ram 1500 2009 2012

Dodge Pickup 1500 2009 2012
Dodge Ram 2500 2009 2012

Dodge Ram 2500 2009 2012
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1 Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
Tool 47
Dodge Ram 1500
Create working room with wedge and

Strip Saver
Bind linkage and lift

Lower tool into the door as shown
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 111
Eagle Talon 1995 1999

Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear of
the door.
Tool 23
Rotate Tool to
Bind Linkage
Lock Linkage
Direction
ENLARGEMENT
EAGLE TALON
EAGLE005CHRYSLER 1120 Style05 1 H2355F
Go To Index
Page 112
Method - M1
Plymouth Laser 1990 1994
Eagle Talon 1990 1994
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23

the door.
Tool 23
Insertion position
Working position
Close up of tool
PLYMOUTH009CHRYSLER 706 Style04 1 H2352B
Go To Index
Method - M1
Daewoo Lanos 2 Door 1998 2002
Page 113
DAEWOO
Daewoo Lanos Sport Hatch Back

Tool 23
DAEWOO
DAEWOO LANOS
Close up of Tool in Action. Move Linkage to Front

DAEWOO001DAEWOO 785 Style04 1 H2375F
Go To Index
Method - M1
DAEWOO
Page 114
Daewoo Lanos 4 Door 1998 2002

DAEWOO
Tool 23
DAEWOO LANOS 4 Door
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 115
DAEWOO
Daewoo Leganza 4 DOOR 1998 2002

Tool 23
DAEWOO
DAEWOO LEGANZA
Close up of tool
Go To Index
Method - M1
DAEWOO
Page 116
Daewoo Nubira 4 Door 1998 2002
Daewoo Nubira Wagon 1998 2002
TOOL: S TOOL - 47
3. Twist tool handle in order to hook the lock rod. Once the tool makes contact with the rod, you should see the door
lock button move.
DAEWOO
Tool 47
DAEWOO NUBIRA
DAEWOO004DAEWOO 1189 Style05 1 V4707
Go To Index
Method - M1
Daihatsu Charade 3 door/All All
DAIHATSU
Page 117
Daihatsu Charade 4 door/All All

NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.
DAIHATSU
Tool 26
DAIHATSU001DAIHATSU 714 Style00 1 V2601
Go To Index
FERRARI
Page 118
Method - M1
Ferrari GTS All

Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88
4. Hook the door lock linkage.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement. When you have hooked the correct rod,
you will see the door lock button move.
Note Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
FERRARI
Tool 88-45
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
V8802.eps

Alternate AltGM
Ferrari GTS
FERRARI001FERRARI 716 Style03 1 V8802
Go To Index
Method - M1
FIAT
Page 119
Fiat All All

Tool: Slim Jim (SJ)
These cars are equipped with a lazy pawl.
You can usually open them by attacking the pawl on the door lock.
Refer to the illustrations below.
FIAT
Tool SJ
FIAT001FIAT 718 Style00 1 LPSJ01
Go To Index
FIAT
Page 120
Method - M1
Fiat X/19 All
FIAT

2. Insert tool with tip of tool pointing towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door (See figure).
4. Hook door lock rod where it attaches to the door lock mechanism.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have contacted the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.
Illustration shows the passenger side door. Instructions are for either front door.
V8803.eps
Tool 88-45
FIAT002FIAT 717 Style00 1 V8803
Go To Index
Method - M1
FIAT 500 Coup 2011 2013
Page 121
FIAT
FIAT 500C Coupe 2011 2013
Tool 78SG
FIAT
Fiat 500
Use the access smart light to see

through tinted windows
Use the starter Air Jack to
Insert the Air Jack to create sufficient

room for Long reach Tool
Insert the long reach tool
Pull the door Handle To unlock door
FIAT003FIAT 1831 Style06 1 StartHand
Go To Index
Page 122
Ford Lincoln Mercury
Mercury Mountaineer 1997 2001
Ford Explorer 1991 2001
TOOL: S TOOL - 47
Tool 47
FORD004aFORD 1289 Style00 1 V4701
Method - M1
Go To Index
Method - M1
Ford Bronco Full Size 1979 1998
Page 123
Ford Bronco II 1983 1996

Tool 103-04
FORD004M1FORD 652 Style00 1 R103-04
Insert #104 Latch

Button Tool
Go To Index
Page 124
Ford Bronco Full Size 1979 1996
Ford Bronco II 1983 1996
Tool: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
FORD004M2FORD 651 Style00 1 V4701
Method - M2
Go To Index
Method - M1
Ford Contour 1995 2000
Page 125

Mercury Mystique 1995 2000
TOOL: SMALL HOOK TOOL - 22

1. Insert wedge between the glass and weather-stripping on the REAR DOOR.
3. Lower the tool into the car door.
4. Hook the lever at the bottom of the latch mechanism.
5. Turn tool handle towards rear of car.
Tool 22
Ford Contour
FORD005-M1FORD 731 Style04 1 H2215F

Alternate altohj
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 126
Ford Contour 1995 2000
Mercury Mystique 1995 2000

Tool 65
Ford Contour
Push in door lock button to unlock
FORD005-M2FORD 732 Style05 1 R6504
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 127
Ford Crown Victoria 1985 2007

Ford 500 2006 2007
Ford Taurus Four Door 2008 2009
Ford TaurusX 2008 2009
Ford Thunderbird 1989 1997
Lincoln Continental 1989 1995
Lincoln Navigator 1997 2006
Lincoln Town Car 1998 2012

Mercury Cougar 1989 1997
Mercury Grand Marquis 1985 2011
Mercury Marauder 2003 2004
Mercury Montego 2005 2007
Mercury Sable 4 Door 2008 2009
Tool: The S Tool - 47 1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge
between the Strip Saver and the window.
2. Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3. Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4. Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.
Tool 47
Close up of tool
FORD007FORD 1519 Style04 1 V4702
Go To Index
Page 128
Ford Edge 2007 2010
Method - M1

Lincoln MKX 2007 2010
Tool: 125 Tool

1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
5 .Lift tool to unlock the door.
Tool 125
Ford Edge
View of door without panel

Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 129
Ford Edge 2011 2013
Lincoln MKX 2011 2013
Tool: 125 Tool

5 .Lift tool to unlock the door.
Tool 125
Ford Edge
Inside of door
FORD009BFORD 1835 Style04 1 V12501
Tool being inserted
Go To Index
Page 130
Ford Escape 2001 2013

Ford Escape Hybrid 2005 2013
Method - M1

Mercury Mariner 2001 2010
TOOL: 77 Tool
1.Loosen and remove the license plate s left side light directly above the license plate.
2.Insert tool inside license plate light cavity.
3.Hook door lock activator bell crank.
4.Pull down on tool to move latch and unlock rear door.
Tool 77

Alternate Altohj
Loosen Tail Light with Screw Driver
Insert Tool into Tail Light Cavity
Hook Latch with Tool and Move Up
Close up of Tool in Action. Move upwards to Move Lacth and Unlock
FORD010FORD 1221 Style06 1 H7703RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Mercury Zephyr 1983 1990

Ford Aspire 1994 1997
Ford Escort 1983 1995
Ford EXP 1983 1990
Ford Fairmont 1983 1990
Ford Festiva 1988 1994
Page 131
Ford Granada All

Mercury Capri 1983 1993
Mercury Capri Convertible 1991 1994
Mercury Topaz 1984 1994
Mercury Tracer 1991 2000
Tool: DOUBLE TOOL 26

4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button inside the car.
Mercury Topaz
FORD012-M1FORD 360 Style03 1 V2601
Tool 26
Go To Index
Page 132
Mercury Tracer 1991 2000

Ford Aspire 1994 1997
Ford EXP 1983 1990
Ford Fairmont 1983 1990
Method - M2
Ford Festiva 1988 1994

Mercury Capri 1983 1986
Mercury Capri Convertible 1991 1994
Mercury Topaz 1984 1994
Mercury Zephyr 1991 2000
Tool: S TOOL 47
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 1847NC Tool
Tool 47
Mercury Tracer

Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 133
Ford Excursion 2000 2005

Ford Expedition 1997 2006
Ford Expedition SUV 2007 2012
Ford Explorer Sport 2 Door 2001 2003
Ford Explorer Sport-Trac 2006 2010
Ford Ranger New Style 1989 2012

Ford XLS 2004 2006
Lincoln Navigator 2007 2011
Lincoln Navigator XL 2008 2011
Tool: S TOOL- 47
Tool 47
FORD EXCURSION
Close up of tool inside door
Go To Index
Page 134
Method - M1

TOOL: S TOOL - 47
Tool 47

Alternate STARTV
Ford Explorer
tool in working position
door with panel Off
Tool Hooking Linkage
Close up of tool hooking linkage
FORD013BFORD 1797 Style06 1 V4708
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 135
TOOL: Triple Hook Tool - 86

1 Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side front door.
2) Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3) Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage
4) Hook the lock linkage with the working end of the tool.
5) Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle while binding the linkage with the tip of the tool to move the linkage forward.
Tool 86
H8621F.eps
Ford Explorer
Tool Insertion Position
Hook linkage and bind and it move to

the front
FORD015-M1FORD 1225 Style05 1 H8621F
Go To Index
Page 136
Method - M2
TOOL: Triple Hook Tool - 86

1) Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side REAR door.
2) Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3) Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage
4) Hook the lock linkage with the working end of the tool.
5) Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle while binding the linkage with the tip of the tool to move the linkage forward
Note: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
Tool 86
H8624FRD.eps

FORD015-M2FORD 1671 Style04 1 H8624FRD
Hook linkage and bind and move it to

the front
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 137
Ford Explorer Sport-Track 4 Door 2001 2005

1. Insert strip saver and wedge in passenger side door.
2.Point tip of tool towards REAR of vehicle in position shown.
3.Lower tool into door.
4.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access linkage and unlock door.
Wedge
Linkage
Tool 23
Move to front
Move to front
REAR
DOOR
FORD018FORD 1184 Style03 1 H2371F
Tool in Opening Position
Linkage
Go To Index
Page 138
Method - M1
Ford F-150 1985 1996
Ford Truck Full Size 1979 1996

Tool 26
Ford F-150
Go To Index
Method - M2
Ford F-150 1985 1996
Page 139
Tool: Vent Wind Tools 103 & 104

Tool 103-04
FORD020-M2FORD 1172 Style00 1 R103-04
Insert #104 Latch

Button Tool
Go To Index
Page 140
Method - M1
Ford F-150 2004 2012

Ford Crew Cab F Series 4 door 2001 2003
Ford F Series 1997 2003
Ford F-150 1997 2003
Ford F-250/550 2004 2012

Ford SVT Lightning 2004 2008
Lincoln Blackwood 2002 2003
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Ford F-150
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 141
Mercury Villager 1993 2002

Tool: S TOOL - 47
1 Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position
with the wedge and insert your tool.
4. Lift the tool as to hook the lock linkage.
5. Lift lock linkage upwards.
REMINDER: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 1847NC tool.
Tool 47
ENLARGEMENT

FORD022FORD 727 Style04 2 H4703
Go To Index
Page 142
Method - M1
Ford Focus 3 door 2000 2007

Ford SVT ZX5 ZT5 ZTW ZX3 2000 2007
Ford SVT Focus 2004 2007

TOOL: 67
1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car and lower tool deep into door.
3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism
4. Lift tool to flip up latch and unlock the door.
Tool 67
ENLARGEMENT

Alternate Altohj
FORD FOCUS
Place tool under bell crank and lift.
Close up of tool and bell crank.
View of tool and bell crank from

reverse angle.
Go To Index
Method - M1
Ford Freestar 2004 2007

Ford Aerostar 1987 1997
Page 143

Ford Windstar 1994 2003
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47

Alternate Alt26
Ford Freestar
Go To Index
Page 144
Ford Fusion 2006 2009

Lincoln MKZ 4 door 2007 2009
Method - M1

Lincoln Zephyr 2006
Mercury Milan 2006 2009
Tool: Long Inside Access 89

4. Lower the tool into the door
5. Lift the tool up on the inside of the door
6.Slide tool forward in door.
7. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
Tool 89

Alternate Altohj
Ford Fusion
Hook door lock button to unlock
Close up of tool tip on door lock button
FORD026FORD 1402 Style06 1 R8901FD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Ford Mustang 1983 2004
Page 145
Ford SVT Mustang Cobra 2004 2004
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47

Alternate Alt26
FORD MUSTANG
Go To Index
Page 146
Method - M1
Ford Mustang 2 door 2005 2012

1 Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip.
3. Lower the tool while turning tool so handle points away from car
4. Move tool up and down as to hook lever on door lock mechanism.
move.
Illustration shows passenger side front door.
Tool 88-45
V8806.eps

Alternate Altohj
Ford Mustang
Tool In working Position
FORD027b-M1FORD 1521 Style03 1 V8806
Tool under linkage
Go To Index
Method - M1
Ford Probe 1993 1997
Page 147

Mercury Monterey 2004 2007
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Ford Probe
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 148
Method - M1
Ford Freestyle 2005 2007
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Freestyle
Insertion
Working Position
Go To Index
Method - M1
Ford Taurus 1985 1991

Ford Tempo 1984 1994
Ford Thunderbird 1984 1988
Page 149

Mercury LN7 1983 1990
Mercury Lynx 1983 1990
Mercury Sable 1985 1991
Tool: DOUBLE TOOL (large side) 26

1. Separate glass from weather-strip on rear of door.
3. Raise the door lock button using the tip of tool as shown in diagram.
Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct lever, you will see the
Tool 26
INSER TION

Alternate Alt47
Ford Taurus
Front Passenger
Door
Go To Index
Page 150
Method - M1

Ford Country Squire 1981 1991
Ford Crown Victoria 1981 1991
Ford LTD 1982 1991


1. Separate glass from weather-strip on REAR DOOR.
3. Hook the bell crank with the tip of the tool and lift.
Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the bell crank, you will see the door lock button
move.
Tool 88-45
H8811RD.eps
Tool in insertion position on rear passenger door
Tool in working position on rear passenger door
Door without inside panel. Tool approx.

8 down into door
FORD033FORD 723 Style04 1 H8811RD

Alternate Altohj
Close-up of door without inside panel
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 151
TOOL: Tool- 47
1. Separate Window from weather stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Insert tool into door at position show in diagram.
3. Twist tool to hook and bind lock rod.
4. Lift tool straight up to unlock door.
Tool 47
FORD TAURUS
View without inside door panel.
Close up of tool without inside door

panel.
Go To Index
Page 152
Method - M1
Ford Transit Connect Van 2010 2012

Tool: Inside Access Tool 35
Tool 35
Transit Conect
Make Room for tool with Wedge
Lower the tool and Bring it up on the

inside of the vehicle
Move the tool into position
Use the tip to move the lock button
Close up
Ford035FORD 1735 Style06 1 R3502
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 153
Ford Transit Connect Van 2010 2012

2.Insert and inflate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door.
3.Insert the tool in the opening in the door .
5.Maneuver the tool to Move the door lock button and Unlock the car.
Tool 78SG
Ford035BFORD 1840 Style00 1 Altohj
Go To Index
Page 154
Ford Cmax 2012 2013
Tool 78SG
FORD039FORD 1795 Style00 1 Altohj
Method - M1
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 155
Ford Econoline 2008 2012

Ford Club Wagon Van 1992 2005
Ford E Series Van 2001 2005

Ford Econoline Van 1998 2005
Ford Van Full Size 1985 1991
Ford Van Full Size 1992 2005
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Ford Econoline
Name Plate
Tool in Working Posiiton

Ford043FORD 1594 Style04 1 V4701
Tool in Insertion Position.
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 156
Ford Focus 2008 2011

Ford Escort ZX2 1998 2003
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Front Passenger
Door
Tool 47
INSER TION
Ford Focus
Ford044FORD 1595 Style03 1 Alt47
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 157

Ford Focus 5 door Hatch 2012 2013
Tool 78SG
Ford Focus
Use the Jack tool to create working

room
Insert an air Jack tool
Insert the second air jack leg
Pull the door handle to unlock the door
Ford044BFORD 1703 Style06 1 jackhand
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 158
Ford Fiesta 4 door 2011 2013
Ford Fiesta 5 door Hatch 2011 2013
Instructions
TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. Insert tool in door .
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door handle.
6. Pull the door handlee with the tip of the tool
NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the
Tool 89
Ford Fiesta
Lower the tool into the door
Pull the door handle
Pull the tool up on the inside of the

door
Use the Tip of the tool to pull the door

handle
Ford045-M1FORD 1639 Style05 1 R3506
Go To Index
Method - M2
Ford Fiesta 4 door 2011 2013
Page 159

Ford Fiesta 5 door Hatch 2011 2013
Tool 78SG
Insert the Tool use the Strip savers

and wedgee to make room
Use the Jack Tool to create working

room to insert the Air Jack
Insert the Air Jack
Inflate the Air jack to create room to

insert the Long Reach Tool
Use the tip of the tool to pull the door

handle
Ford045-M2FORD 1838 Style06 1 Altohj
Go To Index
Page 160
Method - M1
Ford Flex 2009 2012

Tool: 125
2. Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3. Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4. Hook and bind the door lock rod.5. Lift tool to unlock the door.
Tool 125
Ford Flex

Ford063FORD 1626 Style04 1 V12501
Twist tool to insert
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 161
Lincoln MKT Crossover 2010 2012

Tool: 125
4. Hook and bind the door lock rod.
Tool 125
Lincoln MKT
Insert the tool intot he door
Lift the tool hooking the door lock
Ford063bFORD 1674 Style05 1 V12501

Alternate Starthand
Go To Index
Page 162
Method - M1
Lincoln MKS 2010 2011
Tool: 114
Tool 114

Alternate Alt125
Lincoln MKS
Insert wedge
Insert tool into door by the left edge of

the door handle
Bind the linkage and lift
Close up of the linkage
Go To Index
Method - M1
Ford Fusion 2010 2012

Lincoln MKZ 2010 2012
Page 163
Mercury Milan 2010 2012

Tool 78sg
FORD066FORD 1640 Style00 1 Altohj
Go To Index
Page 164
Method - M1
Lincoln Aviator 2003 2005

Tool: Double Bend Tool- 88
3. Lower the tool into the door and hook door lock rod with tip of tool and lift.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct rod, you
.
Tool 88-20
Lincoln Aviator
LINCOLN001FORD 1336 Style06 1 V8813
Go To Index
Method - M1
Lincoln Mark LT 2006 2008
Page 165
Lincoln Mark VIII 1993 1998
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 166
Lincoln LS Series 2000 2006

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool - 65
Tool 65
Lincoln LS
Tool Under Window
Rotate Tool Handle to Move Lock Button and Unlock Door
LINCOLN006FORD 1133 Style05 1 R3501
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 167
Lincoln Mark VII 1987 1992

TOOL: DOUBLE TOOL - 26
1. at the lock button inside of the vehicle.
2. a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping near the lock button.
3. the tool between the glass and the weather stripping.
4. the tool into the door.
5. the back side of the lock button with the tip of the tool and lift it up.
6. the lock button for movement.
Tool 26
Front Passenger
Door
INSER TION

Alternate ALT47
Go To Index
Page 168

Method - M1

Mercury Merkur All
Mercury Scorpio
Mercury XR4Ti All
Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91

3. Lower the tool into car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) .
4. Bind the linkage by twisting the tool (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rock the tool towards the rear of the car in order to move the linkage forward.
Note: Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have bound the linkage, you will see the lock
button move.
Tool 91L

Alternate Altohj
Lincoln Town Car 1990-1997
Close up of tool inside door

LINCOLN014FORD 809 Style04 1 H9120F
View from inside door
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 169
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Ford HT All Pre 1996

Tool: 103 Vent Window Tool
1. Insert the 103 tool under the vent window latch.
2.Twist the tool around so that the tip goes behind the latch.
3.Hook the latch with the tip of the tool.
4.Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool in order to unlock the vent window.
5.Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
Tool 103-04
Insert #104 Latch
Button Tool
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Ford AeroMax Pre 1996
Insert tool in the vent window directly

under the vent window latch.
Twist the tool in order to bring the tip of

the tool under the vent window latch.
Turn the latch to the right with the tip of

the tool unlocking the window.
Close up of tool lifting latch lever. Once

the window is open reach into vehicle
to unlock.
View from inside cab. Latch does not

have a lock.
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 1464 Style06 1 R103-04
Go To Index
Method - M2
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 170
Ford HT All Pre 1996

TOOL: S Tool - 47
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Wedge
Tool
Linkage
Pull
Up
Pull Up
Tool 47
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 1578 Style00 1 V4717HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 171
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Ford HT All 1996 1998 1/2

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Wedge
Tool 47
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Tool
Linkage
Pull
Up
Pull Up
All Ford trucks from 1996 to 1998 1/2
Hook lock linkage with tool tip and lift

to unlock
Tool is shown in working position.

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS002FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 1465 Style04 1 V4717HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 172
Ford HT Cargo 6000 Cab Over All

Ford HT Cargo 7000 Cab Over
Ford HT Cargo 8000 Cab Over All
Tool: 105
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Hook the bell-crank directly behind the door lock button.
Tool 105
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Wedge
Direction
Direction
Linkage
Ford Medium duty cab over Cargo

6000, Cargo 7000, Cargo 8000
View from inside the door indicating

tool position.
Approximate tool position.
Go To Index
Method - M1
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Ford HT F350, F450, 550 Medium Duty Pre-1996

Ford HT F650, F750 Medium Duty
Page 173
Ford HT F800 Medium Duty Upto 1996
Tool: 103 Vent Window Tool

1 Insert the 103 tool under the vent window latch.
2.Twist the tool around so that the tip goes behind the latch.
3.Hook the latch with the tip of the tool.
4.Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool in order to unlock the vent window.
5.Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
Twist tool around the handle
Hook lever
with tip of
Tool 103-04
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS004FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 935 Style00 1 R10301
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Insert Vent Handle Tool
Go To Index
Method - M1
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 174
Ford HT Cab Over Heavy Duty

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Wedge
Tool 26
Pull
Up
Pull
Up
Tool
Linkage
Ford Heavy Duty Cab Over
Tool is shown in the insertion position
Lower the tool into the door directly

behind the door lock button.
Go To Index
Method - M1
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Ford HT F350, F450, 550 Medium Duty 1997 2007

Ford HT F650, F750 Medium Duty 1997 2012
Page 175
Ford HT F850 Medium Duty 1997 2012
TOOL: S Tool - 47
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Tool 47
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS007FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 1466 Style00 1 V4701
Go To Index
Page 176
Method - M1
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Ford F Series Cab Chasssis 2004 2012
Ford HT F350/F450/F550 Medium Duty 2008 2012
Tool: 125 Tool

1 Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Tool 125
Ford F450 Cab Chasis
Lower tool into the door with tip parralell to the door.
Tool in Working Position.

Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 177
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
Ford HT F650 Heavy Duty 2007 2012

Tool: 114 Tool
stripping.
Tool 114
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Alternate Alt125
Ford F650
Go To Index
Method - M1
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 178
Freightliner Century Classic All

Freightliner All other Freightliners Heavy Duty All
Freightliner Classic XL All

Freightliner Colombia Series

Wedge
Tool 26
Direction
Direction
Linkage
Freightliner Century Classic
Insert the tool into the door near the

door lock button
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS002FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS 1470 Style03 1 V2615HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 179
Freightliner FL Series All

Freightliner FL112 All
Freightliner FL60, FL70

Freightliner FL80 All
Tool: 102 Upward B end Tool

1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
3.Hook the bell-crank directly behind the door lock button.
Tool 102
Wedge
Direction
Direction
Linkage
Freighltliner FL Series Truck
View of tool location with door panel
View of tool location without door

panel
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 180
Freightliner Cab Over Heavy Duty All

Wedge
Tool 26
Direction
Direction
Linkage
Freightliner Heavy Duty cab over
Lift the tool under the door lock button

to unlock the door
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 181
Freightliner Sprinter 2004 2012

TOOL: 101
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the glass and the weather striping.
2.With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle.
Properly placed, there is less than one inch between the tool handle and the door frame (see diagram).
3.Lower the tool deep into the door, and turn the handle away from the vehicle.
4.Maneuver the working end of the tool to find the electronic door lock actuator.
5.Depress the electronic door lock actuator by pushing down on the tool in order to unlock the door.
Freightliner Sprinter
Insert your strip savers and wedger. Tool in

insertion position.
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS005FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS 1580 Style02 1 Sprinter
Tool 101
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 182
Freightliner M2 All
Tool: 105
1 Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. This is a shallow drop.
3.Twist the tool to position the end directly under the door lock button.
Tool 105
Lift
Door Lock Button
The Freightliner M2 2003
Tool at approximate working position.

Note position is high in door.
View of door lock button
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 183
Freightliner FLD Series All

Tool 26
Direction
Direction
Linkage
Freightliner FLD series
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS006bFREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS 1469 Style02 1 V2615HT
Wedge
Go To Index
Page 184
Method - M1
Freightliner Columbia Class All

Tool: 102
3.Push down on the bell crank with the top of the tool to unlock the door .
4. The door will open without puling the handle
Wedge
Tool 102
Tool
Direction
Direction
Freightliner Columbia Class
Push down to unlock
Go To Index
Method - M1
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
Buick Electra 4 door 1980 1984

Buick Century 4 door 1980 1982
Buick Park Avenue 4 door 1980 1984
Buick Regal Wagon Wagon 1982 1986
Chevrolet Chevette 1980 1987
Chevrolet Malibu Wagon 1982 1986
Chevrolet Malibu 4 door 1982 1986
Page 185
Oldsmobile 98 4 door 1980 1984

Oldsmobile Cutlass 4 door 1982 1986
Oldsmobile Cutlass Cruiser 4 door 1982 1986
Oldsmobile Cutlass Wagon 4 door 1982 1986
Pontiac Bonneville 4 Door 1982 1986
Pontiac Lemans 1982 1993
Pontiac T1000 1982 1984
V8801.eps
Tool 88-45
Front Passenger
Door
INSER TION

Alternate Alt47
BUICK001GM 521 Style00 1 V8801

1. Position tool so that the tip is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button.
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower tool in to door while turning tool tip of tool points towards the door latch mechanism.
4. Move tool up and down so as hook bell crank.
move.
ILLUSTRATION SHOWS PASSENGER SIDE FRONT DOOR.
INSTRUCTIONS WILL WORK ON EITHER FRONT DOOR.
Go To Index
Page 186
Buick Century 2 & 4 Door 1984 1996

Oldsmobile Cierra Wagon 1992 1996
Oldsmobile Cutlass Cierra 1985 1996
Method - M1
Oldsmobile Frienza 2, 4 Door, Wagon 1982 1988

Oldsmobile Omega 1980 1985
Pontiac 6000/STE 4 Door 1984 1992

NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will
Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled)
is shown reversed.
Tool 23

Alternate Altohj
Buick Century
Insert tool with tip approximately 6

from edge of door
BUICK002GM 1299 Style03 1 H2337F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Buick LaCrosse 2005 2009

Chevrolet Impala 2006 2012
Page 187
Chevrolet Impala SS 2006 2012
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Buick LaCrosse
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 188
Method - M1
Buick LeSabre 4 door 2000 2005

Chevrolet Lumina 1995 2001
Pontiac Sunfire 4 Door 1995 2002

Pontiac Sunfire 2 Door 1995 2004

1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and insert tool.
3. Lower the tool into door cavity (as shown in diagram).
4. Rotate the tool handle in order to bind the linkage.
5. Turn tool handle so that the linkage moves towards the front of the car.
Tool 23
BUICK LESABRE
View from inside door without panel
Close up of tool, door lock rods and

linkage
Go To Index
Method - M1
Buick Park Avenue 1998 2005

Buick Park Avenue Ultra 1998 2005
Cadillac El Dorado 1986 1991
Page 189
Cadillac Seville 1986 1991

Cadillac Seville STS 1986 1991
Tool 35

Alternate Altohj
BUICK PARK AVENUE
Lower Tool Under Glass
Tool Working Inside the Car
Flip Electronic Lock Button
Close up of Tool on Lock Button
BUICK011GM 811 Style06 1 R3503

Go To Index
Page 190
Method - M1
Buick Reatta 1988 1991

3. Lower the tool into car. You must insert the tip of the tool through a small cavity in the door (SEE FIG.
FOR POSITION).
4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the bell crank forward.
5. Watch door lock button inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the bell crank, you will
see the button move.
H8808.eps
A - Tool. B - Bell crank. C - Move

forward. D - Lock bell crank.
BUICK013GM 787 Style03 1 H8808
Tool 88-20
A - Tool. B - Bell crank. C - Move

forward. D - Unlock bell crank.
Go To Index
Method - M1
Buick Regal 2 door 1980 1987

Chevrolet Monte Carlo 2 door 1980 1989
Oldsmobile Cutlass Supreme 2 Door 1980 1987
Page 191
Oldsmobile Cutlass Supreme Hatchback 3 Door 1980

1984
Pontiac Grand Prix 2 door 1980 1987
Tool 91L
Buick Regal

Tool: Downward Hook Tool 91

2. Insert tool at front of outside door handle between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower tool into door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod. (SEE FIG.)
5. Twist tool so as move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: If you have contacted the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door button inside the car
move.
Illustration shows passenger side door.
Instructions will work on either front door.
Go To Index
Page 192
Method - M1
Buick Rendezvous Ultra 2004 2006
Buick Rendezvous 2002 2007

1. Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
3.Turn the handle away from the vehicle to access the top linkage.
4.Hook and bind the linkage, then turn the tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock the door.
Tool 23
BUICK RENDEZVOUS
Close up of tool in working position
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 193
Buick Riviera 2 Door 1994 1999
Tool 86
H8603F.eps
BUICK RIVIERA

Alternate Alt35
Close up of tool
Tool: TRIPLE HOOK TOOL - 86

3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered beneath first linkage, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to
6 move the linkage towards the front of the door.
7. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the
correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.
Go To Index
Page 194
Buick Roadmaster Estate Wagon 1991 1996

Chevrolet Caprice Classic 4 door 1991 1996
Chevrolet Caprice Wagon 4 Door 1991 1996
Method - M1
Chevrolet Impala 4 Door 1994 1996

Oldsmobile Custom Cruiser Wagon 1991 1996
Oldsmobile Cutlass 1997 2000
Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL 91

2. Insert tool as shown in insertion diagram.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage forward.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the
lever move.
Tool 91L

Alternate Altohj

Close up of tool in door
Go To Index
Method - M1
Buick Regal Somerset 2 & 4 Door 1986 1987

Buick Skylark 4 Door 1986 1997
Page 195
Tool 86
Tool: Triple Hook Tool 86

1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the
tool so that the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you.
3. Lower below the linkage and lift.
4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle.
5. Move tip of tool forward.
6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the
front of the car.
Go To Index
Page 196
Method - M2
Tool:125 Tool
Tool 125
Buick Regal
hook the linkage
close up
BUICK023-M1GM 1778 Style06 1 V12501
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 197

Tool- 78SG With the one hand Jack and Regular Air jack
4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door.
Buick Regal
Use the One Hand Jack to make working room
insert the air jack and Inf
Inflate the air jack
engage the door lock handle
pull the handle to unlock the door
BUICK023-M2GM 813 Style06 1 jackhand
Tool 78SG
Go To Index
Page 198
Method - M1
Tool:125 Tool
stripping.
Tool 125
BUICK023bGM 1710 Style00 1 V12501
Go To Index
Method - M1
Pontiac Trans Sport 1997 2004

Buick Teraza 2005 2007
Chevrolet Uplander 2005 2009
Chevrolet Venture 1997 2004
Page 199
Oldsmobile Silhouette 1997 2004

Pontiac Montana 1997 2004
Saturn Relay 2005 2007
Tool: Ford Cable Tool - 67

2. Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle and lower tool into the doorn at an angle (See Diagram for Position).
3. Insert the tip of the tool through the gap between the inner door frame and the window mechanism.
4. Push the linkage forward with the tip of the tool.

BUICK024-M1GM 283 Style04 1 H6702F
Tool 67
Go To Index
Page 200
Pontiac Trans Sport 1997 2004

Method - M2
Pontiac Montana 1997 2004

Pontiac Montana SVX 2005 2007
TOOL: Double Bend Tool - 88

2. Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle, insert the tool between the glass and the weather-stripping.
3. Lower the tool into the door and slide the tip of the tool towards rear of the vehicle so that the tip enters the cavity
between the linkage shield and the window regulator (SEE ILLUSTRATION).
4. Turn tool to move linkage towards FRONT of vehicle.
Tool 88-20
H8803F.eps

BUICK024-M2GM 282 Style04 1 H8803F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Buick La cross Seda 2010 2012
Page 201
Buick Verano 4 Door 2012 2013
Tool:125 Tool

Alternate altohj
Buick LA Cross
Tool Before Insertion
Tool in working Position
Insert tool tip Facing Down
Grasp the linkage with the tip of the

tool
Tool 125
Go To Index
Page 202
Cadillac Allant 1987 1991

2. Lower tool into door using illustration for position.
3. Hook bell crank and pull on tool.
4. When you hook with the correct bell crank, you will see the door lock lever move.
5. Pull up on tool to unlock door.
H8809.eps
Tool 88-45
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Alternate AltGM
CADILLAC001GM 801 Style00 1 H8809
Method - M1
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 203
Cadillac Allant 1992 1993

1. Separate the glass and weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into door at the position shown below.
3. Locate the lock mechanism at the rear of the door.
4. Lower the tool underneath the lock mechanism and lift on the latch release button (see enlargement
diagram for position).
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Alternate AltGM
CADILLAC ALLANTE
Tool 88-20
Go To Index
Page 204
Method - M1
Cadillac Catera 1997 2001

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door.
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
of the door.
Tool 23

Alternate Altohj
Cadillac Catera

CADILLAC003GM 1525 Style04 1 H2302FRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Cadillac CTS 2002 2007
Page 205
Cadillac CTS-V 2006 2007
Tool: S Tool - 47
2.Insert the tool into the door and lower just beneath the door handle.
3.Twist tool to hook and bind the door lock rod.
Cadillac CTS
Close up of tool on lock rod
CADILLAC005GM 1556 Style05 1 V4711
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 206
Cadillac Brougham 2 Door 1985 1992

Buick Estate Wagon 4 Door 1980 1990
Buick LeSabre 4 door 1980 1985
Cadillac Brougham 4 Door 1985 1992
Cadillac Coupe Deville 1979 1984
Cadillac Deville 2 Door 1977 1984
Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 4 Door 1977 1984
Method - M1
Cadillac Sedan Deville 1977 1984

Chevrolet Caprice & Wagon 4 door 1980 1990
Chevrolet Custom Cruiser Wagon 1980 1990
Chevrolet Spectrum 1985 1989
Oldsmobile Custom Cruiser Wagon 1980 1990
Oldsmobile Delta 88 4 door 1980 1985
Pontiac Parisienne 2 Door 1980 1989
Pontiac Parisienne 4 door 1980 1989
Pontiac Safari Wagon 1980 1989
Tool: Double Hook Tool 26

1. Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button.
3. Lower tool into door while turning tool so handle points away from car.
5. Lift tool.
move. Illustration shows passenger side front door.
Tool 26
Front Passenger
Door
INSER TION

Alternate Alt47
Go To Index
Method - M1
Cadillac Sixty Special 1980 1993

Cadillac Deville 4 door 1985 1993
Page 207
Cadillac Touring Sedan 2 & 4 All

1. Insert a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle and Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
lock button move.
Tool 91L
Go To Index
Page 208
Cadillac DeVille 2 Door 1994 1999

Cadillac DeVille Concours 1994 1999
Cadillac El Dorado Touring Coupe 1992 2002
Method - M1
Cadillac El Dorado Sport Coupe 1992 2002

Cadillac Fleetwood 1994 1999

lever move.
NOTE: Handle on tool may be different than shown in photo
Tool 91L

Alternate Alt35
Cadillac De Ville
Hook lock linkage inside opening in

inner door panel, move to front.
CADILLAC010GM 144 Style05 1 H9115F
Go To Index
Method - M1

Page 209
Cadillac Deville Concours 2000 2002
Tool: TOOL - 47
1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Insert the tool to the left of the wedge.
3. Lower the tool into the door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
CADILLAC DEVILLE 2000
View of door without inside door panel
CADILLAC011-M1GM 1137 Style05 1 H4706
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 210

Method - M2
Cadillac Deville Concours 2000 2002

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on REAR passenger door.
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle so as to move the linkage towards the
front of the door.
Tool 23
CADILLAC DEVILLE 2000
Move linkage to front
Close up of tool and linkage engaged.
CADILLAC011-M2GM 1144 Style05 1 H2359RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 211
Cadillac DTS 2006 2013

Tool: S Tool - 47
Cadillac DTS
Lift rod with tool to unlock the door.
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 212

Oldsmobile Toronado 1990 1992
Method - M1
Oldsmobile Toronado Trofeo 1990 1992
Tool: SLIM JIM (SJ)

2. Bend V-shaped tip of Slim Jim slightly towards outside of vehicle.
3. Lower tool into car approx. 10
4. Move lock pawl towards front of vehicle.
Tool SJ
Lock
Linkage
Direction
Lock
Pawl
ENLARGEMENT
Door with panel off. Tool Lock Pawl

Push Hard
CADILLAC013GM 806 Style04 1 HSJ04B

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 213
Cadillac Escalade 1998 2000

1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip.
2. With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower tool into the door.
3. Hook and bind the top linkage.
4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle.
Linkage
CADILLAC ESCALADE
CADILLAC016-M1GM 1154 Style04 1 H2365FRD
Tool 23
Move
to front
Go To Index
Page 214
Method - M2

Move
to front
Linkage
Tool 91
Cadillac Escalade
Tool insertion position
CADILLAC016-M2GM 1155 Style03 1 H9125F
Go To Index
Method - M1

Cadillac Escalade EXT 2007 2013
Cadillac ESV 2007 2012
Chevrolet Avalanche 2007 2012
Chevrolet Silverado pickup 2007 2013
Chevrolet Suburban 2007 2012
Page 215
Chevrolet Tahoe 2007 2012

GMC Sierra pickup 2007 2012
GMC Yukon 2007 2012
GMC Yukon Denali 2007 2012
GMC Yukon XL 2007 2012

Cadillac Escalade
Lift tool under button to unlock door
Tool 26
Go To Index
Page 216
Cadillac Fleetwood 2 Door 1977 1984

Method - M1

Cadillac Limousine 1982 1992
Tool: Double Hook Tool 88

1. Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button on rear passenger door.
NOTE : When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button
move.
Illustration shows passenger side rear door.
Instructions will work on either rear door .
h8808RD
Tool 88-45

Alternate Altohj
CADILLAC019GM 397 Style00 1 H8808RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Cadillac Fleetwood 4 door 1993 1996

Buick Roadmaster Sedan 4 door 1991 1996
Page 217
Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 4 door 1993 1996

Cadillac Limousine 1993 1996
TOOL: Double Bend Tool 88

1. Insert the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so the tip of the tools goes through the hole in the inner door panel.
4. Lift the bell crank with the tip of the tool.
5.. Watch the inner door lock button for movement when you see it move have contacted the bell crank.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown on photo

Alternate Altohj
Cadillac Fleetwood
Tool 88-45
Go To Index
Page 218
Cadillac Coupe Deville 1985 1993

Cadillac Sedan Deville 1985 1993
Oldsmobile 98 2 & 4 door 1985 1990
Method - M1
Oldsmobile Bravada 1985 1994

Oldsmobile Delta 88 1986 1990
Pontiac Bonneville 1987 1991
Tool: Horizo ntal Linkage Tool - 23

NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will
NOTE: Handle on tool may be different than shown in photo.
is shown reversed.
Tool 23

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Method - M1

Buick Electra 2 & 4 door 1985 1990
Buick LeSabre 1986 1991
Buick Park Avenue 2 & 4 door 1985 1990
Cadillac Sixty Special 1985 1988
Page 219
Chevrolet Blazer S10 1985 1994

Chevrolet Pickup S10 / S15 1985 1993
Chevrolet S10 Pickup S15 1985 1993
GMC Jimmy S15 1985 1994
GMC Typhoon 1985 1994
Tool 23

Alternate Alt35
CADILLAC021BGM 955 Style00 1 H2338

NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see
is shown reversed.
Go To Index
Page 220

Method - M1

2. Point tip of tool towards REAR of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) .
4. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage (SEE
FIG. FOR POSITION).
6. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will
see the lever
move.
Tool 91L

Alternate Alt35
Cadillac Seville, Seville STS
CADILLAC024GM 1522 Style03 1 H9145F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 221
Tool: S TOOL - TOOL 47

1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver
and the window.
2. Insert the tool slightly to the left of the wedge.
3. Lower the tool into the door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool
Cadillac Seville
Tool In working position
Close up
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 222
Method - M1
Cadillac SRX 2004 2009

Tool: S Tool - 47
1.Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
Tool 47

Alternate altohj
Cadillac SRX
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 223
Cadillac SRX 2010 2013

Tool:125 Tool

Alternate altohj
Cadillac SRX
Tool 124
Tool Being Inserted
Tool Grasping Linkage
View form inside the door
close-up
CADILLAC026bGM 1728 Style06 1 VSRX2010
Tool 125
Go To Index
Page 224
Cadillac STS 2005 2013
Method - M1
Cadillac STS-V 2006 2012
TOOL: 67
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower tool deep into door.
Tool 67
ENLARGEMENT
CADILLAC STS
CADILLAC027-M1GM 1425 Style03 1 H6704U
Go To Index
Method - M2
Cadillac STS 2005 2012
Page 225
Cadillac STS-V 2006 2012
Tool: 47 S Tool
1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the back door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower tool into door to access door lock rod.
3.Adjust tool at a steep angle in order to access lock rod.
4.Hook lock rod and lift tool to unlock the door.
Cadillac STS
Lift tool to unlock door.

CADILLAC027-M2GM 1581 Style04 1 V4713RD
Tool in Working Position. Note steep

tool angle.
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 226
Cadillac XLR 2004 2009

Cadillac XLR-V 2006 2009
Method - M1
Chevrolet Corvette 2005 2013

Chevrolet Corvette Z06 2006 2013
TOOL: Extra Long Long Reach Tool With Protective Wedge or Glass Man Tool.
1. Create working room with the Glassman tool Use extreme care as the slightest nick of the glass can cause damage.
2. Insert an extra long long reach tool into the vehicle through the gap in the Glassman Tool
3. Maneuver the tool to the side of the passenger side seat.
4. Hook the emergency door release lever on the front side of the passenger side seat by the door.
5. Lift tool to activate emergency door release lever and unlock the door.
This Opening may cause Damage to the vehicle. Use only in a life threatening emergency.
Tool LBT
Handle
Seat
Emergency door
release handle
PASSENGER
DOOR
CADILLAC XLR Rear view
CADILLAC XLR Front view
Pull the Emergency door release lever
Lever is locate next to seat
Close up of Tool Lifting Latch
CADILLAC028GM 1288 Style06 1 RLJ01
Go To Index
Method - M1
Cadillac CTS 4 door 2008 2012

Cadillac CTS Sedan 2011 2012
Cadillac CTS Wagon 2011 2012
Page 227
Cadillac CTS Sport Wagon 4 door 2010 2012

Cadillac CTS V 4 door 2009 2012
Tool 119
1 Insert strip savers and Wedgee between the glass and the door frame to create working room.
2 Lower the tool into the door.
3 M<ove the tip of the tool under the bend in the door lock linkage.
4 Lift to unlock the door.

Alternate Altohj
Cadillac CTS
Tool In insertion Position
View from Inside of door
Tool In working Position
Close-up view from Inside of door
Cadillac029GM 1591 Style05 1 CTS
Tool 119
Go To Index
Page 228
Cadillac CTS Coupe 2 door 2011 2012
Method - M1
Cadillac CTSV 2 door 2011 2012
Extra Long Long Reach Tool With Access Glass Man Tool.
1. Create working room with the Glassman tool Use extreme care as the slightest nick of the glass can cause damage.
2. Insert an extra long long reach tool into the vehicle through the gap in the Glassman Tool
3. Maneuver the tool to the side of the passenger side seat.
4. Hook the emergency door release lever on the front side of the passenger side seat by the door.
5. Lift tool to activate emergency door release lever and unlock the door.
This Opening may cause Damage to the vehicle. Use only in a life threatening emergency.
Tool LBT
Handle
Seat
Emergency door
release handle
PASSENGER
DOOR
Cadillac CTS Coupe
Insert Glassman Tool
Insert extra long Long Reach Tool
Reach down below the right side of the

passenger seat
Note the latch is on the floor next to

the door
Pull the emergency release handle
Cadillac029BGM 1711 Style06 1 RLJ01
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 229
Cadillac XTS 4 Door 2012 2013

Tool:125 Tool
stripping.
Use Rear Door
Tool 125

Alternate Altohj
Cadillac030GM 1779 Style00 1 V12501RD
Go To Index
Page 230
Chevrolet Astro Van 1985 2005
Method - M1
GMC Safari 1985 2005

1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
Lower the tool into the door while swinging the tip towards the inside. The tool should be inserted at the rear corner of
the door lower the tool on top of the lock linkage.
2. The linkage is very high in the door so do not lower the tool too far. Twist the tool so that the handle moves towards
the glass in order to bind the linkage in the tip of the tool. With the linkage tight in the tip of the tool, move the tool so
that the handle of the tool moves towards the rear of the vehicle and the tip of the tool moves towards the front.
3. Note: the amount of room that you have to move is limited, so it is important to bind the linkage with the tip of the
tool as far back towards the rear of the vehicle as possible in order to have room for the linkage to move forward.
Tool 23
CHEVROLET ASTRO VAN
Tool and linkage inside door panel.
Close up of tool and linkage.
CHEVROLET001-M1GM 1042 Style06 1 H2360F
Go To Index
Method - M2
Chevrolet Astro Van 1985 2005
Page 231
GMC Safari 1985 2005
Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22

1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle
and lower the tool into the door to the position shown in the illustration below (the linkage is very high in the doo r so
do not lower the tool too far).
2. Turn the tool while pulling up to grasp the linkage with the tip of the tool. Pull the tool up, towards the front of the
vehicle to move the linkage forward (shown in the enlargement illustration below).
3. Note the amount of room that you have to move is limited, so it is important to attack the linkage as far back towards the rear of the vehicle as possible in order to have room for the linkage to move forward.
CHEVROLET ASTRO VAN
Tool 22
Go To Index
Page 232
Chevrolet Aveo 4 Door 2004 2011

Chevrolet Aveo 5 5 Door 2009 2011
Method - M1
Pontiac G3 5 Door 2009 2009
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Chevrolet Aveo
tool in Insertion Position
CHEVROLET003GM 1575 Style03 1 V4701
Go To Index
Method - M1
Chevrolet Sonic 4 Door 2012 2013
Page 233
Chevrolet Sonic 5 Door Hatch 2012 2013
TOOL: S Tool - 47

Alternate Altohj
CHEVROLET003BGM 1822 Style06 1 V4701
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 234
Chevrolet Beretta 2 door 1988 1996

Chevrolet Corsica 1988 1996
Method - M1
Chevrolet Lumina 1988 1994
TOOL: Inside Access Tool- 35

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle.
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see
figure 5).
Tool 35
BERETTA

CHEVROLET004GM 74 Style04 1 R3501
Go To Index
Method - M1
Chevrolet Blazer K Series 1992 1994

Chevrolet Blazer Full Size 1992 1994
Chevrolet Tahoe 2 Door 1996 1998
Chevrolet Tahoe Z71 1998 2000
Page 235
GMC Blazer Full Size 1992 1994

GMC Jimmy Full Size 1992 1994
GMC Yukon 1996 1999
Tool 23
CHEVROLET007-M1GM 219 Style03 1 H2330
Close up of tool.
Tool 23
Go To Index
Page 236
Chevrolet Tahoe 2 Door 1996 1998

Method - M2
GMC Yukon 1996 1999

TOOL: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91

4. Turn tool so the tip moves towards your right (see fig.).
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod,
Tool 91
Go To Index
Method - M1

Chevrolet Blazer Xtreme Pickup 2002 2004
Chevrolet Pickup S10 / S15 1985 1993
Chevrolet Pickup S10 1994 2003
Chevrolet S10 Pickup 1994 2003
Page 237
GMC Envoy 1998 2001

GMC Jimmy S15 1995 2001
GMC Sonoma Pickup 1985 2003
GMC Sonoma Crew cab 1990 2004
Tool: Horizontal Linkage - 23

1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
Lower the tool into the door while swinging the tip towards the inside. The tool should be inserted at the rear corner of
the door
2. Lower the tool on top of the lock linkage.
3. Rotate the tool to bind the lock linkage (see the enlargement diagram).
4. Angle the tool in order to move the lock linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
BLAZER
Door without inside panel.
Close up of door without inside panel
Tool 23
Go To Index
Page 238

GMC Envoy 1998 2001
Method - M2
GMC Jimmy S15 1995 2001


1.Insert Wedge between glass and weather-strip on the rear door.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into slow.
3.Hook linkage at rear of door as shown.
4.Lift and pull to front. Watch both for movement.
5.Lower tool onto lock linkage.
6.Bind linkage twisting tool.
7.Move linkage towards front of vehicle.
NOTE: This method is for 4 Door models only, using only the REAR Door.
Tool 22
Tool without inside panel

CHEVROLET008-M2GM 924 Style04 1 H2210FRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Chevrolet Camaro 1993 2002

Chevrolet Berlineta 1982 1992
Pontiac Firebird 1982 1992
Page 239
Pontiac Firebird 1993 2002

Pontiac Trans Am 1982 1992
Pontiac Trans Am 1993 2002

lever move.
Linkage
Move to front
Linkage
Move to front
PASSENGER DOOR

CHEVROLET011GM 868 Style04 1 H9127F
Twist tool to push lock linkage towards

front of vehicle
Tool 91L
Wedge
Go To Index
Page 240
Method - M1
Chevrolet Camaro Convertible 2011 2013
Tool: 125 Tool

Tool 125
Camaro
Point tool down to insert
twist tool into the door
hook the linkage and lift
inside the door view
closeup
CHEVROLET011bGM 1768 Style06 1 V12501
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 241
Chevrolet Camaro Convertible 2011 2013
Tool:78SG
1.Use the Glass Man tool and insert it between the glass and the frame using caution
2.Inser the long reach tool into the glass man tool
3.reach in to the vehicle with the long reach tool
4.Pull on the door handle with the tool to unlock the car
Tool
Direction
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Camaro
PASSENGER
DOOR
Use Glassman tool
Pull Door Handle

CHEVROLET011cGM 1657 Style04 1 R5004
Insert long reach tool through glassman
Tool 78SG
Handle
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 242
Chevrolet Cruz 4 door 2011 2013
Buick Verano 4 Door 2012 2013
Tool:125 Tool
Tool 125
Use Rear Door

Alternate Altohj
Chevrolet Cruz
inside of door
CHEVROLET012GM 1786 Style05 1 V12501RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Chevrolet Cavalier 2 & 4 door 1982 1994

Buick Skyhawk 2 & 4 Door 1984 1989
Buick Skylark 1980 1985
Cadillac Cimarron 2 & 4 door 1982 1987
Chevrolet Cavalier Wagon 2 & 4 door 1982 1994
Page 243
Chevrolet Citation 1980 1985

Chevrolet Z24 1991 1994
Pontiac J2000 1982 1989
Pontiac Pheonix 1980 1985
Pontiac Sunbird 1984 1991
Tool 23
Chevrolet Cavalier
Door with panel off
CHEVROLET013GM 759 Style05 1 H2339

1 Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so that
the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you.
3. Lower the tool on to the linkage.
4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool towards the rear
of the vehicle.
5. Now push down and forward on the tool so that the tip of tool moves towards the front of the vehicle.
6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the front of the car.
Go To Index
Page 244
Chevrolet Cavalier 2 & 4 Door 1995 2005

Chevrolet Celebrity All 1982 1990
Method - M1
Chevrolet Celebrity Wagon Wagon 1984 1991

5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
lock button
move.
Tool 91L
CAVALIER
CHEVROLET014GM 915 Style05 1 cavalier95
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 245
Chevrolet ZR1 1982 1996

3. Lower the tool into car (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM FOR POSITION).
4.Turn tool so tip of tool moves toward front of car, hooking bell crank (SEE ENLARGEMENT ) . Pull tool straight up.
5. Watch door lock button inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the bell crank, you will see the button move.
CORVETTE
Door with panel off.
CHEVROLET018M1GM 869 Style05 1 H2213
Tool 22
Go To Index
Page 246

Chevrolet ZR1 1997 2003
Method - M1
Pontiac Fiero 1984 1988

1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on front door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame and the shield, as shown below, and hook the bottom linkage.
3. Twist tool to move linkage towards the front of the car.
NOTE : Watch the lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will
see
the button move.
Tool 91L
CORVETTE
Go To Index
Method - M1
Chevrolet Equinox 2005 2013
Page 247
Pontiac Torrent 2006 2009

1.Insert strip saver and wedge into passenger side door directly above the door handle.
2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3. T urn handle away from the door in order to allow the tool tip to access the lock linkage. Hook the top linkage.
4.Hook the linkage and turn the handle to the rear of the vehicle in order to move the linkage towards the front to
unlock the door.
Shield

Alternate Altohj
Chevrolet Equinox
View From Inside the Door
Tool 23
Go To Index
Page 248
Saturn Equinox 2005 2009
Method - M2
Pontiac Torrent 2006 2009
Tool: 77 Tool
1. Insert strip saver and wedge into passenger side door directly above the door handle.
2.Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3. T urn handle away from the door in order to allow the tool tip to access the lock linkage.
4.Turn and lift tool to hook the top lock linkage .
5. Pull tool to the front of the vehicle in order to move the linkage and unlock the door.
Tool 77
Shield
Chevrolet Equinox

Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 249
Chevrolet HHR 2006 2012

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Chevrolet HHR
Hook lock rod and lift to unlock.
Close up of tool in action.
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 250
Chevrolet Impala 2 door 1980 1988

Buick Electra 2 Door 1980 1984
Buick LeSabre 2 Door 1980 1985
Buick Riviera Front Wheel Drive 1980 1985
Cadillac El Dorado 2 door 1979 1984
Method - M1
Chevrolet Caprice 2 door 1980 1990

Oldsmobile 98 2 Door 1980 1984
Oldsmobile Caprice 2 Door 1980 1990
Oldsmobile Delta 88 2 Door 1980 1985
Oldsmobile Toronado Front Wheel Drive 1980 1985

1. Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button.
move.
Llustration shows passenger side front door.
h8806
Tool 88-45
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 251

1 Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, Separate the weather stri p from the glass using the strip saver and wedge.
2 Point the double hooked end of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not
lower the tool too far into the door, as the linkage is very high.
3 Turn and lift the tool in order to hook the bottom linkage in the door.
4 Turn the tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle in order to move the tip of the tool and the linkage towards the
front of the vehicle and unlock the door.
H8612RD.eps
CHEVROLET IMPALA
Close up of tool
CHEVROLET025-M1GM 744 Style05 1 H8612RD
Tool 86
Go To Index
Page 252
Method - M2

1. Separate the weather strip from the glass using the strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the door, and turn the handle so as to hook the top lock linkage.
4. Twist the tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of the vehicle.
Tool 23
CHEVROLET IMPALA
Go To Index
Method - M1
Chevrolet Malibu 4 door 1997 2003

Chevrolet Classic 2004 2005
Page 253
Chevrolet Malibu Classic 2004 2005

Oldsmobile Achieva 4 door 1992 1997
Oldsmobile Achieva 2 door 1992 1997

3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION) .
4. Turn tool so tip of tool moves toward front of car, pushing the lock linkage forward.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage , you will see the
lever move.
Chevrolet Malibu
Twist tool to move linkage towards rear

of vehicle.
Tool 91L
Go To Index
Page 254
Chevrolet Metro 2 Door 1998 2002
Method - M1
Chevrolet Metro 4 Door 1998 2002
Tool: Drop & Rock - 82

1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door .
Tool 82
Bind Linkage &
Move Torwards Rear
Bind Linkage &

Move Torw ards Rear
ENLARGEMENT
Geo/Chevy Metro LSI

Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 255
Chevrolet Monte Carlo LS 2 Door 1995 1999

NOTE : Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.
MONTE CARLO LS
Tool 23
Go To Index
Page 256
Method - M1
Chevrolet SSR 2004 2006
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Chevrolet SSR
Lift Tool to Lift Lock Rod and Unlock

Door.
Go To Index
Method - M1

Chevrolet Pickup Light Duty 1989 1998
Chevrolet Pickup Heavy Duty 1989 2000
Page 257
Chevrolet Silverado 1500 1989 1998

Chevrolet Silverado 2500/3500 1989 2000
GMC Suburban 1992 1999
TOOL: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91

4. Turn tool so the tip moves towards your right (see fig.).
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod, you will see
Chevrolet Suburban LS
Tool 91
Go To Index
Page 258

GMC Pickup Full Size 1989 1999
GMC Pickup 2500/3500 HD 1989 2000
Method - M2
GMC Sierra 1500 1989 1998

GMC Sierra 2500/3500 1989 2000

Lower Tool
Rear
Door
Wedge
2
Lift Tool
into Position
Move
Tool 82
3
Move Tool To Unlock
Chevrolet Suburban
CHEVROLET044-M2GM 1097 Style03 1 DropRockRD
Go To Index
Method - M1

Page 259


1
Tool 82
Wed ge
Liftool
T
into Position
Move
Move Tool oT Unlock
Cadillac EXT
Rock Tool towards the rear while applying pressure with left hand
Close up of linkage in the door
CHEVROLET047A-M1GM 503 Style06 1 Droprock
Lower ool
T
Go To Index
Page 260

Method - M2


2. Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle.
3. Insert tool into door, directly above the door handle lowering tool to the handle (See Photo 3)
4. Turn tool handle away from automobile to access lock linkage.
5. Lift Tool to Hook and Bind Linkage.
6. Turn tool handle to rear of the vehicle to move linkage towards the FRONT of the vehicle.
Tool 86
Cadillac Escalade
CHEVROLET047A-M2GM 566 Style05 1 H8613F
Go To Index
Method - M1

Chevrolet Avalanche 2002 2006
Chevrolet Ck Series 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2006
Page 261
Chevrolet Pick Up Light Duty 1500 1999 2006


Lower ool
T
Tool 82
Wed ge
Liftool
T
into Position
Move
Move Tool oT Unlock
Rock Tool towards the rear while applying pressure with left hand.
View of the inside of the door
CHEVROLET047B-M1GM 1330 Style06 1 Droprock
Go To Index
Page 262

Chevrolet Ck Series 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2006
Chevrolet Pick Up Light Duty 1500 1999 2006
Method - M2


2. Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle.
3. insert tool into door, directly above the door handle, lowering tool to the handle (See Photo 3)
4. Turn tool handle away from automobile to access lock linkage.
5. Lift Tool to Hook and Bind Linkage.
6. Turn tool handle to rear of the vehicle to move linkage towards the FRONT of the vehicle.
Tool 86
H8604.eps
Close Up of Tool- Move Linkage to

Front
CHEVROLET047B-M2GM 1329 Style05 1 H8604
Go To Index
Method - M1
GMC Pickup 1500 Series 1999 2006

GMC Sierra 1500 1999 2006
GMC Sierra 2500/3500 2001 2006
GMC Sierra Denali 2001 2006
Page 263
GMC Yukon 2000 2006

GMC Yukon XL Denali 2000 2006
GMC Yukon XLT 2000 2006

Lower ool
T
Tool 82
2
Wed ge
Liftool
T
into Position
Move
Move Tool oT Unlock
Chevy Sierra
Rock Tool towards the rear while applying pressure with left hand
View of the inside of the door
CHEVROLET047C-M1GM 284 Style06 1 Droprock
Go To Index
Page 264
GMC Pickup 1500 Series 1999 2005

GMC Sierra 1500 1999 2005
GMC Sierra 2500/3500 2001 2005
GMC Sierra Denali Heavy Duty 2001 2005
Method - M2
GMC Yukon 2000 2006

GMC Yukon XL Denali 2000 2006
GMC Yukon XLT 2000 2006

2. Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle.
3. Insert tool into door, directly above the door handle at a 45-degree angle.
5. Hook and Bind Linkage.
6. Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the FRONT of the car.
Tool 86
H8604.eps
Chevy Sierra
Close up of tool. Move linkage to front.

CHEVROLET047C-M2GM 285 Style04 1 H8604
Go To Index
Method - M1
Geo Tracker 2 & 4 door 1985 1998
Page 265
Chevrolet Tracker 2 & 4 door 1997 2004
TOOL: DOUBLE TOOL - 26

2.Lower the tool into the door.
3.Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4.Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.
Geo Tracker
CHEVROLET049M1GM 1328 Style03 1 V2601
Tool 26
Go To Index
Page 266
Chevrolet TrailBlazer EXT 2004 2006

Buick Rainer Ultra 2004 2006
Buick Rainier 2004 2007
Chevrolet TrailBlazer 2002 2009
Method - M1
GMC Envoy 2002 2009

GMC Envoy XL 2004 2008
GMC Envoy XUV 2004 2008
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23

1.Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side door.
2.oint the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage
4.Hook the lower lock linkage with the working end of the tool.
5.Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to move the linkage towards the front and unlock the door.
Tool 23
Wedge
Tool
Linkage
Move to front
Move to front
PASSENGER DOOR
Chevrolet TrailBlazer
Go To Index
Method - M1
Chevrolet Express Van 1996 2012

Chevrolet Van Full Size 1996 2012
Page 267
GMC Savana 1996 2006

GMC Van Full Size 1996 2006

2. Insert tool approximately half way through the door.
4. Turn the tool handle to hook and bind lower linkage.
5 Twist tool to turn linkage towards FRONT of car.
Chevy 1500 Van
Hook linkage with tool, move linkage

towards front of vehicle.
Tool 91
Go To Index
Page 268
Chevrolet Cobalt 2 Door 2005 2010

Chevrolet Cobalt SS 2 Door 2005 2010
Method - M1
Pontiac G5 2 door 2006 2008
TOOL: 105
Tool 105
Cobalt
ool in working position
Lift lock lever at door latch
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 269

3. Lower the tool into the door until tool contacts door lock rod.
4. Twist tool so tip of tool moves towards rear of car while at the same time twisting the handle (See fig).
lock button move.
Illustration shows passenger side door.
Nstructions will work on either front door .
Lift lock lever at door latch
CHEVROLET057-M1GM 777 Style05 1 H2341BRD
Tool 23
Go To Index
Page 270
Method - M2
TOOL: 105
Tool 105

CHEVROLET057-M2GM 625 Style04 1 V10511
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 271
Chevrolet Volt Sedan 2012 2013

Tool:125 Tool
Chevrolet Volt
tool in insertion position
hook the door lock linkage and lift

lower the tool into the door
Tool 125
Go To Index
Page 272
Method - M1
Chevrolet Captiva SUV 2012 2013
Tool:125 Tool
Tool 125
Chevrolet Volt
lower the tool into the door
hook the door lock linkage and lift
Hook the linkage
close up
Go To Index
Method - M1
Geo Prizm 4 Door 1993 1997

Chevrolet Nova 1985 1988
Page 273
Geo Prizm 1989 1992

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip in REAR DOOR.
2. Lower tool into door on top of linkage.
4. Move tool toward rear of car.
Geo Prizm

of vehicle.
GEO004-M1GM 865 Style04 1 H2341BRD
Tool 23
Go To Index
Page 274
Geo Prizm 4 Door 1993 1997

Chevrolet Prizm 4 Door 1993 2002
Method - M2
Geo Prizm 4 Door 1998

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button on the REAR DOOR
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle .
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
Tool 81
GEO004-M2GM 1339 Style00 1 Toy81RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Geo Storm 1990 1993

Chevrolet Sprint 1985 1988
Geo Metro 2 & 4 Door 1985 1998
Page 275
Geo Storm 2+2 Coupe 1990 1993

Geo Storm Hatchback 1990 1993

4. After tool is lowered beneath first linkage, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE Enlarged illustration).
of the door.
Geo Storm

of vehicle
GEO005GM 75 Style04 1 H2343F
Tool 23
Go To Index
Page 276
Method - M1
GMC Terrain SUV Crossover 2010 2012

Chevrolet Equinox 2010 2012
Saturn Vue 2009 2010
Tool: 125 Tool

Tool 125
Front Passenger
Door
INSER TION

Alternate Alt47
Terrain
125 Tool
twist the tool and hook the linkage then

lift
GM01GM 1676 Style04 1 V12501
Tool insertion position
Go To Index
Method - M1
GMC Canyon 2004 2012
Page 277
Chevrolet Colorado Pickup 2004 2012
TOOL: 67
ENLARGEMENT
GMC Canyon
View of Tool Engaging Latch.
Close up of Tool Engaging Latch.
GMC002-M1GM 1369 Style05 1 H6704U
Tool 67
Go To Index
Page 278
Chevrolet Colorado Pickup 2004 2012
Method - M2
GMC Canyon 2004 2012

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figu
re 1).
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Tool 35
Chevrolet Colorado
GMC002-M2GM 1391 Style03 1 R3509
Lean Tool to Hook Door Lock Button
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 279
GMC Pickup Full Size 1980 1991

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL, short side - 26
2. Using the short end of the double tool, fish it into the door.
3. Lift the door lock button with the tip of the tool.
GMC007GM 1354 Style00 1 V2601
Tool 26
Go To Index
Page 280

Chevrolet Pickup Full size 1980 1991
Chevrolet Sports Van 1983 1995
Method - M1

GMC Van Rally/Cargo 1983 1995

Insert #104 Latch

Button Tool
Tool 103-04
GMC012-M1GM 1044 Style00 + R103-04
Go To Index
Method - M2
GMC Van Rally/Cargo

Chevrolet Pickup Full Size 1980 1991
Chevrolet Sports Van 1983 1995
Page 281

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL, short side - 26

2. Using the short end of the double tool, fish it into the door.
3. Lift the door lock button with the tip of the tool.
GMC FULL SIZE VAN
Insert short end of tool

GMC012-M2GM 280 Style04 1 V2602
Turn tool to insert
Tool 26
Go To Index
Page 282
GMC Acadia SUV 2007 2012

Buick Enclave 2008 2012
Chevrolet Traverse 2009 2012
Method - M1
Saturn Astra 5 door Hatch 2008 2009

Saturn Outlook SUV 2007 2009
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
GMC Acadia
GMC019GM 591 Style03 1 V4701
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 283
Hummer H1 Alpha Soft Top 2006 2008

1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip, parallel with the door lock button.
HUMMER
HUMMER001GM 216 Style04 1 V2601
Tool 26
Go To Index
Page 284
Method - M1
Hummer H1 1997 2005

1 Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
2.Lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle.
3.Place tip of tool onto the bell crank.
4.Push bell crank towards the rear of the truck to unlock the door.
Tool 88-20
H8806B.eps
HUMMER
HUMMER001M1GM 677 Style04 1 H8806B
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 285
Hummer H1 1997 2007

1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip, parallel with the door lock button.
HUMMER

HUMMER001M2GM 1122 Style04 1 V2601
Tool 26
Go To Index
Page 286
Method - M1
Hummer H2 2003 2007
Hummer SUT 2005 2007

2. Insert the tool into the REAR DOOR between the glass and the weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool while turning the tool so the handle points away from the car.
4. Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool
5. Move The Linkage towards the rear.
NOTE: When you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock lever move.
Rear
Door
Tool 91
Direction
Direction
Hummer H2
Apply pressure to the tool
HUMMER002GM 1266 Style06 1 h9195brd
Go To Index
Method - M1
Hummer H3 2005 2008
Page 287
Hummer H3x 2008 2010
TOOL: 112
Wedge
Shield over latch

Mechanism
move tool in under shield
Insert tool under shield

and lift to unlock
Tool 112
Lift tool to unlock
Hummer H3
HUMMER003GM 1434 Style03 1 HummerH3
Lower tool
bellow shield
Go To Index
Page 288
Method - M1
Hummer H2 2008 2010
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Front Passenger
Door
Tool 26
INSER TION
Hummer H2
Hummer004GM 576 Style02 1 Alt47
Go To Index
Method - M1
Oldsmobile 88 1991 1999

Page 289

Oldsmobile LSS 1997 2000
Oldsmobile LSS 1997 2000
Oldsmobile Regency 1997 2000
Oldsmobile Regency 1997 2000
Tool 22

Alternate Alt35
OLDSMOBILE EIGHTY EIGHT
OLDSMOBILE001-M1GM 870 Style05 1 H2212RD
Tool: Small Hook Tool 22

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping on rear door with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of automobile and insert it at the position shown below.
3. Lower tool into door below the bottom lock linkage.
4. Lift tool up and towards the front of the vehicle as shown in the enlargement diagram below. (move the lock linkage
towards the front of the vehicle).
NOTE: Look at the door lock button inside the vehicle for movement. When you contact the correct lock linkage, you
Go To Index
Page 290

Method - M2

Tool 35
Buick Park Avenue

OLDSMOBILE001-M2GM 795 Style04 1 R3503
Go To Index
Method - M1
Oldsmobile Alero 4 door 1997 2004
Page 291
Pontiac Grand Am 4 door 1999 2005
Tool: Triple Hook Tool- 86

2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather-strip.
lock button move.
NOTE:Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8614F.eps

Alternate Alt23
Oldsmobile Alero
Close-up of door without inside panel.
OLDSMOBILE007GM 876 Style05 1 H8614F
Tool 86
Go To Index
Page 292
Method - M1
Oldsmobile Aurora 1995 2000

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge in REAR DOOR.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage to the rear.
lever move.
Tool 91L
Move to Front
Move to Front
OLDSMOBILE AURORA
Close Up of Door without inside panel.
OLDSMOBILE008GM 873 Style05 1 H9118BRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Chevrolet Monte Carlo 2 Door 2000 2007

Page 293
Pontiac Bonneville GXP 2004 2005

1 Separate the weather strip from the glass using the strip saver and wedge.
3. Lower the tool into the door, and turn the handle so as to hook the top lock linkage.
4. Twist the tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of the vehicle.
Chevrolet Monte Carlo
OLDSMOBILE009bGM 884 Style06 1 H2356
Tool 23
Go To Index
Page 294
Oldsmobile Intrigue 1997 2002
Method - M1
Oldsmobile Aurora 2001 2003

2. Insert tool with handle pointing towards front of car.
3 Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle faces you and the to ol is resting on the top linkage (SEE FIG.
FOR POSITION).
4. Rotate tool to move linkage toward front of car.
lever ove.
Tool 23
Oldsmobile Intrigue
Inside the Door
Close Up
OLDSMOBILE009cGM 149 Style05 1 H2347F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 295
Oldsmobile Alero 2 Door 1997 2004

lock button move.
OLDSMOBILE ALERO
View of Inside the Door
Close up of Tool Inside the Door
OLDSMOBILE009dGM 875 Style05 1 H2370F
Tool 23
Go To Index
Page 296
Oldsmobile Toronado 1986 1989

Buick Riviera 1986 1993
Oldsmobile Cutlass Supreme 2 & 4 Door 1988 1997
Method - M1
Pontiac Grand Prix 4 Door 1988 1996

Pontiac Grand Prix 2 Door 1988 1996
TOOL: Inside Access Tool- Tool 35

Tool 35
CUTLASS SUPREME

OLDSMOBILE020GM 163 Style04 1 R3502
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 297
Pontiac Aztek 2001 2005

1.Insert strip saver and wedge in passenger side door.
2.Point tip of tool towards REAR of vehicle in position shown.
3.Lower tool into door.
4.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access linkage and unlock door.
PONTIAC AZTEK
PONTIAC002GM 653 Style05 1 H2377F
Tool 23
Go To Index
Page 298
Oldsmobile Cutlass Calais 2 & 4 Door 1985 1991
Method - M1
Pontiac Grand Am 2 Door 1985 1991

2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the
tool so that the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you.
4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle.
6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the
front of the car.
Tool 86
Go To Index
Method - M1

Oldsmobile Cutlass Calais 2 & 4 Door 1985 1991
Page 299
Pontiac Grand Am 2 Door 1985 1991
Tool 86

Alternate Alt23
Pontiac Grand Am
PONTIAC011-M1GM 879 Style05 1 H8613F

2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so that
the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you.
4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool towards the rear
of the vehicle.
6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the front of the car.
Note : The non-working part (the part you hold in your hand) of the tool may be longer or have a different angle that
that shown in the photo or diagram. This is due to the new design of the tool.
Go To Index
Page 300
Method - M2

lock button move.
Tool 23
Close-up of door without inside panel.

PONTIAC011-M2GM 882 Style04 1 H2347F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 301

1. Insert Wedge between glass and weather-strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into slow.
3. Hook linkage at rear of door as shown.
4. Lift and pull to front. Watch both for movement.
NOTE: You should be looking at the door lock lever inside the car. When you contact the lock linkage, you will see
the door lock lever move.
Instructions show passenger door, but will work on either front door.
Pontiac Bonneville
PONTIAC012-M1GM 741 Style06 1 bonneville
Tool 22
Go To Index
Page 302
Pontiac Grand Prix 2 & 4 door 1997 2003

Buick Century 4 Door 1997 2005
Method - M1
Buick Regal 1998 2004
Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23

2. Insert tool with handle pointing towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle faces you and the tool is resting on the top linkage (SEE FIG.
FOR POSITION) .
4. Rotate tool to move linkage toward front of car.
lever move.
Tool 23
Move to Front
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 303
Pontiac GTO 2005 2007

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Hook Lock Rod and Lift to Unlock

Door.
PONTIAC017GM 1382 Style04 1 V4701
Pontiac GTO
Go To Index
Page 304
Method - M1
Pontiac Solstice 2006 2009
Saturn Sky 2007 2009
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Pontiac Solstice
Lift tool to unlock the door
PONTIAC024GM 1488 Style04 1 V4711
Go To Index
Method - M1
Pontiac Trans Sport mini-van 1990 1996

Chevrolet Lumina APV FWD 1990 1996
Page 305

Pontiac Trans Sport SE 1990 1996
Tool 23
A- Tool B- Lock Linkage

3. Lower the tool into car (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) .
4. Twisting the handle towards you, lower the tool onto the linkage and turn the handle towards the rear of
the vehicle to bind the linkage (YOU ARE AIMING FOR THE BOTTOM LINKAGE) .
5. Tilt the top of the tool towards the rear of the car in order to move the tip of the tool and the linkage forward (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
Note: Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have bound the linkage, you will
see the lock button move.
Go To Index
Page 306
Method - M1
Pontiac Vibe 2003 2009

2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the REAR of the vehicle (see figure 1).
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the
Tool 65
Pontiac Vibe
View from Inside the Door.

PONTIAC028-M1GM 1237 Style04 1 R6504
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 307
Pontiac Vibe 2003 2009

Tool: S Tool 47
1. Use a screw driver or other tool to loosen the passenger side rear license plate light.
2. Insert S tool through the opening with the hooded end facing the front of the car, as shown in diagram and photograph.
3.Twist the tool to hook and bind the lock rod.
4.Gently pull down on the tool to unlock the latch.
light
Pontiac Vibe
Remove Rear Plate Light with Screwdriver.
Tool in Insertion Position. Insert Behind

Light, as Shown.
Hook Linkage to Unlock Door.
PONTIAC028-M2GM 1509 Style05 1 H4721RD
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 308
Method - M1
Pontiac G8 2008 2009

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button (see figure 1).
(see figure 3).
Tool 89

Alternate Altohj
Pontiac30GM 1586 Style00 1 Alt89fd
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 309
Pontiac Vibe 2009

Carefully jack the door slightly
Use the Air Jack to create working

room
Pontiac31GM 575 Style03 1 Altohj
Use the Long reach Tool to Unlock the

door
Tool 78SG
Go To Index
Page 310
Saturn Ion 2003 2007
Method - M1
Saturn Ion Redline 2004 2007

1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the rear passenger door between the glass and the weather stripping.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not lower the
tool very far into the door.
Tool 66
Saturn Ion
SATURN002-M1GM 1285 Style03 1 H6603RD
Go To Index
Method - M2
Saturn Ion 2003 2007
Page 311
Saturn Ion Redline 2004 2007

1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create space in the door.
3 . Insert the tool into the door between the glass and the weather-strip.
4 . Lower the tool while turning the tool so the handle points away from the car.
5 . Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool
6 . Move t he linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
Saturn Ion
Hook top linkage and move to back.
Clos up of Tool on Linkage.
SATURN002-M2GM 1395 Style05 1 H9101f
Tool 91
Go To Index
Page 312
Saturn L Series 4 door 2000 2004

Saturn LS, LS1, LS2 4 door 2000 2002
Method - M1
Saturn LW1, LW2 Wagon 2000 2002

4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook the top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
of the door.
6.Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
Tool 23
SATURN L SERIES
Tool in Insertion Position (Rear Door)
Close Up. Move Linkage to Rear
SATURN003GM 1149 Style05 1 H2380BRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Saturn SW1, SW2 5 Door Wagon 1991 1995

Saturn EV1 2001 2003
Saturn S Series 1996 2002
Saturn SC1, SC2 2 Door 1991 1995
Page 313
Saturn SC1, SC2 2 & 3 door 1996 2002

Saturn SL, SL1, SL2 4 Door 1991 1995
Saturn SL, SL1, SL2 4 door 1996 2002
Saturn SW1, SW2 5 door wagon 1996 2001
Tool 23
SATURN005GM 389 Style00 1 H2348F

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge (see illustration for position).
3. Lower the tool into car (see illustration for position).
4. Rotate tool so tip moves towards front of vehicle, moving the lock linkage forward (see enlargement
diagram for position).
Note: Look at the door lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct
lock linkage, you will see the button move.
Go To Index
Page 314
Method - M1
Saturn Vue Redline 2004 2009
Tool: Drop Rock Tool - 82

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge (see illustration for position).
3. Lower the tool into car (see illustration for position).
4. Rotate tool so tip moves towards inside of vehicle
5. Lay the tip of the tool on the linkage.
6. Bind the linkage and move it to the rear of the vehicle .
Note Look at the door lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct lock linkage,
you will see the button move.
Tool 82
Bind Linkage &

Move Torwards Rear
Bind Linkage &

Move Torw ards Rear
ENLARGEMENT
Saturn Vue
Insertion Position
Working Position
SATURN008GM 1238 Style05 1 H8207B
Move to Back
Go To Index
Method - M1
Saturn Aura 4 door 2007 2009

Buick Lucerne 2006 2011
Chevrolet Malibu 2004 2012
Page 315
Chevrolet Malibu Maxx 2004 2007

Pontiac G6 2005 2009
Pontiac Grand Prix 2004 2008
Tool: 114 Tool


Alternate Alt125
Saturn Aura
Lift tool to unlock door
SATURN010GM 616 Style04 1 V11401
Tool 114
Go To Index
Method - M1
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 316
GMC HT W Series Light Duty Pre 1995

TOOL: S Tool - 47
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
GMC Light Duty Cab over business

class trucks
Pull
Up
Tool 47
Tool in working position. Hook lock rod

and lift.
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 938 Style03 1 V4715HT
Go To Index
Method - M2
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
GMC HT W Series Light Duty Pre 1995
Page 317
GMC HT W Series Light Duty 1995 1/2 2009

Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
GMC W Series Light Duty Truck.
Pull
Up
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 939 Style03 1 V2612HT
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Tool 26
Go To Index
Method - M1
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 318
GMC HT T Body Medium Duty Pre 1995

Tool 23
Wedge
Direction
Enlargement
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Direction
GMC Medium Duty T Series trucks
View from inside door. Hook top linkage with tool.
Close up of tool in action. Move linkage to rear to unlock.
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS003GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 855 Style05 1 H2340HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 319
GMC HT T Series Medium Duty 1996 2009

Tool: T105
Tool 105
Wedge
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Tool
Direction
Direction
GMC T Series Medium Duty
Note tool at far corner of the door
View of door with panel
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS004GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 911 Style06 1 V10501HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 320
GMC HT C Series Vent Windows Pre 1989
GMC HT Cab Over Heavy Duty

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Insert #104 Latch

Button Tool
Tool 103-04
Old sytle MGC Medium Duty Trucks
Insert flat tool to press release latch while using

103 tool to unlock window
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS005GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 912 Style02 1 R103-04
Go To Index
Method - M1
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 321
GMC HT C Series Horizontal Linkage 1989 2002

is shown reversed.
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Tool 23
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS006GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 914 Style00 1 H2337F
Go To Index
Method - M1
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 322
GMC HT C Series All Heavy and Medium Duty with

Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009
Tool: 9 1 Downward Hook Tool
1. nsert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool into the rear of the door.
2. Lower the tool with the tip facing the rear INSIDE of the door. Note that the tip of the tool must not go behind the
window run channel so keep the tip facing towards the inside while you lower it in the door.
3.Hook the door lock rod with the tip of the tool.
Wedge
Tool 91
Gap In
Shield
Shield
Move Tool
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Gap In
Shield
Move Tool
ENLARGEMENT
Chevy C Series. 2003 and Later
Close up of tool in action. Hook linkage

with tool.
Tool in action. Move linkage forward to

unlock the door.
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS007GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 862 Style06 1 H9101FHT
Go To Index
Method - M1
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 323
GMC HT Van Cab All

1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create space in the door.
3 . Insert the tool into the door between the glass and the weather-strip.
4 . Lower the tool while turning the tool so the handle points away from the car.
5 . Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool
6 . Move t he linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
Tool 91
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
Chevrolet Van Cab
When you have hooked the correct

linkage you will see the door lock button move up.
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS008GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 969 Style04 1 H9101F
Go To Index
Method - M1
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 324
Hino 258 Conventional Cab 2003 2012
Hino Heavy Trucks Conventional Cab 2003 2012

HINO HEAVY TRUCKS
Wedge
Tool 26
Pull
Up
Linkage
Hino Conventional Cab
Pull
Up
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS001HINO HEAVY TRUCKS 174 Style03 1 V2612HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 325
Hino Heavy Trucks FA Series

Tool: 105
3.Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck.
Wedge
Tool 105
Direction
Direction
Tool
Hino FA Series
Insert the tool in the position shown
View of tool inside the door
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS
Linkage
Go To Index
Method - M1
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 326
Hino Heavy Trucks FE Series All

Tool: 105
Wedge
Tool 105
Linkage
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS
Direction
Direction
Tool
Hino FE Series
Insert the strip savers and wedge to

create working room
Lower the tool into the door at the very

rear of the front passenger door.
Lift the tool to unlock the door

Go To Index
Method - M1
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 327
Hino Heavy Trucks Old Style All

Tool 26
Wedge
Linkage
Hino Cab Over
Pull
Up
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS
Pull
Up
This tool is shown in working position
Go To Index
Method - M1
HONDA
Page 328
Honda Accord Horiz. locks 1976 1994

Honda Civic 4 Door 1985 1989
Honda Civic 2 Dr 1985 1994
Honda Civic Horizontal 1989 1994

Honda CRX 1989 1996
Honda Prelude 1988 1996
HONDA

1. Separate glass from weather-strip on front door.
2. Lower tool into door until it catches the linkage.
3. Twist tool to bind the linkage.
4. Push tip of tool towards front of car.
(SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
Note : The lock linkage is below the door latch release linkage. Watch door lock button. When you have
hooked correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.
Tool 23
Honda Accord

HONDA001HONDA 907 Style03 1 H2306F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 329
HONDA
Honda Accord Vert. Locks 1976 1993

Honda Civic 2 & 4 Door 1990 1995
Honda Civic Vert. Locks 1990 1995

Honda Del Sol 1993 1995

NOTE:You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.
HONDA002-M1HONDA 886 Style03 1 V2601
HONDA
Tool 26
Go To Index
Method - M2
HONDA
Page 330
Honda Accord Vert. Locks 1976 1993

Honda Civic 2 & 4 Door 1990 1995
Honda Civic Vert. Locks 1990 1995

Honda Oddysey 1995 1998
Honda Passport 1998 2002
HONDA
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Go To Index
Method - M1
Honda Accord 2 Door 1995 1997

Page 331
HONDA
Tool: 77
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, insert the tool into door, 12 inches from the door frame.
3. Lower the tool below the linkage shield (See Diagram for Position).
4. Lift the tool so it goes in the gap between the plastic shield and the door frame. Hook the linkage.
5. Move the linkage forward to unlock the door.
Tool 77
HONDA003HONDA 908 Style04 1 H7701F
HONDA

Alternate Startmulti
Go To Index
Page 332
HONDA
Method - M1
Honda Insight 2001 2012

TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. Insert tool between window and weather-strip, with the tip of the tool facing downward.
vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool pull the door lock handle to unlock door
HONDA
Button
Tool 78sg
Honda004HONDA 1644 Style00 1 Jack_But
Go To Index
Method - M1
Honda Accord
Honda Accord
Honda Accord
Honda Accord
HONDA
2 Door 2003 2007

4 Door 1998 2002
2 Door 1998 2002
4 Door 2003 2007
Page 333
Honda Accord Hybrid 2005 2007

Honda Accord Hybrid 2005 2007
Honda Civic SI 3 door hatch 2002 2005

2.Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle .
3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4.Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5.Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (figure 3).
6.Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
1. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
1
Lower Tool Under

Glass
Tool 81
Insertion
Position
Wedge
Rotate & Tilt Tool

Into Position
Lift Tool
to Unlock Door
Lock Button
HONDA ACCORD
Enlargement
From Inside Door
Lift tool to unlock

HONDA005-M1HONDA 1269 Style04 1 acu016

Alternate Altohj
HONDA
Tool
Go To Index
Page 334
Method - M1
HONDA
HONDA
Tool: S Tool 47
4. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button
inside of the car.
Tool 47
HONDA015HONDA 817 Style00 1 V4701
Go To Index
Method - M1
HONDA
Page 335

Tool: 74
HONDA CIVIC
HONDA016HONDA 1185 Style03 1 R7401
HONDA
Tool 74
Go To Index
Page 336
Method - M1
HONDA
Honda Civic Hybrid 2004 2005
HONDA
Tool: 74
Tool 74
HONDA CIVIC
Hook Door Lock button and Lift
Go To Index
Method - M1

Page 337
HONDA
Honda Civic Si 2006 2011
TOOL: SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 65

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See
figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door unit l V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Tool 65
HONDA

Alternate startmulti
Honda Civic
HONDA018HONDA 1409 Style03 1 inf011
Go To Index
Page 338

Method - M1
HONDA
Honda Civic Hybrid 2012 2013

Honda Civic SI 2 & 4 Door 2012 2013
HONDA
Button
Tool 78SG
HONDA018BHONDA 1842 Style00 1 StartBut
Go To Index
Method - M1
HONDA
Page 339
Honda CRV 1997 2001

Tool: S Tool - 47
1Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
HONDA CRV
HONDA
Tool 47
Go To Index
Method - M1
HONDA
Page 340
Honda CRV SUV 2002 2006

Tool: 74
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool
HONDA
Tool 74
HONDA CRV
Close up
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 341
HONDA
Honda Element 2003 2012
Honda Ridgeline 2005 2012
Tool: 74
Tool 74
HONDA
Honda Element
Lift tool handle to unlock door
Go To Index
Method - M1
HONDA
Page 342
Honda Passport 1994 1997
TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool- 26

1.Separate glass from weather strip with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Lower tool into the door near the door lock button.
3.Turn tool handle to make contact with tool tip and lock button.
4.Lift tool to unlock door.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside the car. When you contact the door lock button, you will
HONDA
Tool 26
Shield
HONDA ODDYSEY
Close up of tool and lock rod
Go To Index
Method - M2
HONDA
Page 343

Tool: 74
HONDA
Tool 74
HONDA024-M2HONDA 1570 Style00 1 R7401
Go To Index
Page 344
Method - M1
HONDA
Honda Oddysey van 2011 2013

5. Maneuver the tool to engage the dooor lock button and unlock the car.
Tool 78SG
HONDA
Button
Honda Oddydey
Use the Starter Air Jack to make working room
Insert the air Jack
Use the Airj ack
Move the door lock button
HONDA025-M1HONDA 1847 Style06 1 StartBut
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 345
HONDA
Honda S2000 2000 2009

1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward
vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle
HONDA
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 78SG
HONDA030HONDA 894 Style00 1 glassman
Go To Index
Page 346
Method - M1
HONDA
Honda CRZ 2 door 2011 2013
HONDA
Button
Tool 78SG
HONDA031HONDA 1848 Style00 1 StartBut
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 347
HONDA
Honda CRV 2007 2012

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
5. Raise the tool unit the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
Tool 65
HONDA
Honda CRV
Push door lock button to unlock
HONDA032HONDA 593 Style05 1 inf011
Go To Index
Method - M1
HONDA
Page 348
Honda Fit 2007 2008

2.Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle .
4.Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5.Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (figure 3).
6.Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
1. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
1
Lower Tool Under

Glass
Insertion
Position
Tool 81
Wedge
Rotate & Tilt Tool

Into Position
Lift Tool
to Unlock Door
HONDA
Tool
Lock Button
Honda Fit
Enlargement
From Inside Door
Use hand on tool to gain leverage
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 349
HONDA
Honda Fit 2009 2012

Tool 65
Honda Fit
Create working room with wedge and

srtip savers.
Reposition wedge to aid enry of V

portion.
Raise V portion on the inside of the

vehicle
Position tip over the door lock button
Push button forward and inward to

unlock.
Honda033bHONDA 1643 Style06 1 inf011
HONDA

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Page 350
Method - M1
HONDA

Tool 89
1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping
2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door
Remove the Wedgee and strip saver
3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door
4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button
5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock
HONDA
Tool 89
Honda Accord 2 door
Name Plate
Tool Working Position
Push front of lock button in to unlock
Honda034HONDA 1589 Style06 1 Alt89FD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 351
HONDA
Honda Crostour 2010 2012

Tool 89
Tool 89
HONDA
Honda Accord 2 door
Move Door Lock Button
Closeup
Honda034bHONDA 1713 Style05 1 Alt89FD
Go To Index
Page 352
Method - M1
HONDA

Tool 89
HONDA
Tool 89
Honda Accord 2 door
Push front of lock button in to unlock

Honda035HONDA 577 Style04 1 Alt89FD
Move tool into position
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 353
HONDA
Honda Pilot 2003 2008

Tool: 74
Tool 74
HONDA
Honda Pilot
Go To Index
Page 354
Method - M1
HONDA
Honda Pilot 2009 2012

Tool 89
1.
Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping
2.
lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door
3.
4.
Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door
5.
Move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button
6.
Push the front of the door lock button in to unlock
Tool 89
HONDA

Alternate Altohj
Honda Pilot
Insert wedge to create working room
Place tip of tool over the door lock

button.
Lower tool with tip pointed towards the

front of the car.
Push button forward and inward to

unlock the car.
Honda37HONDA 1645 Style06 1 R8901FD
Go To Index
Method - M1
HONDA
Page 355
Honda FCX Clarity 2012 2013

HONDA
Button
Tool 78SG
HONDA38HONDA 1849 Style00 1 StartBut
Go To Index
Page 356
HYUNDAI
Method - M1
Hyundai Accent 1995 1999
HYUNDAI
Tool: S Tool - 47
3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe.
Tool 47
Hyundai Accent
HYUNDAI001HYUNDAI 1063 Style03 1 V4701
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 357
HYUNDAI
Hyundai Accent 2/4 DOOR 2000 2005

Hyundai Accent Hatchback 2001 2002
Hyundai Elantra 1992 1995

2.Insert with tip of tool facing the front of the vehicle.
3.Lower tool under plastic shield (see enlargement diagram).
4.Twist and lift tool to catch linkage.
5.Twist tool to bind linkage.
6.Turn tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door
lock button move.
Tool 23
HYUNDAI
HYUNDAI ACCENT
Close up of tool and linkage engaged
HYUNDAI002HYUNDAI 847 Style05 1 H2362F
Go To Index
Page 358
Method - M1
HYUNDAI

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .
Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door
handle immediately after unlocking the door.
HYUNDAI
Tool 65
Hyundai Accent
Move door lock button to unlock
Close up of tool on door lock button
HYUNDAI003HYUNDAI 1159 Style06 1 R3512
Go To Index
Method - M1
Hyundai
Page 359

TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG
1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Hyundai
Button
Tool 78SG
HYUNDAI003bHYUNDAI 1912 Style00 1 StartBut
Go To Index
Method - M1
HYUNDAI
Page 360
Hyundai Azera 2006 2010

1.Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2.Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
HYUNDAI
Tool 35

Alternate Altohj
Hyundai Azera
Go To Index
Method - M1
Hyundai
Page 361
Hyundai Azera 2011 2012

Hyundai
Tool 78SG
HYUNDAI005HYUNDAI 1850 Style00 1 jacktool
Go To Index
Method - M1
HYUNDAI
Page 362
Hyundai Elantra 4/WAGON 1996 2000

Tool: Reverse Hook Tool 42
2. Insert tool into door directly above door handle.
4. Lift the tool to hook and bind the top lock linkage.
5. Move lock linkage towards front of vehicle by rocking the tool handle.
HYUNDAI
Tool 42
Hyundai Elantra
Lower tool below upper lock linkage,

lift to hook and bind linkage
Rock tool to move linkage towards

front of the car
HYUNDAI006HYUNDAI 909 Style05 1 H4204F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 363
HYUNDAI
Hyundai Elantra 5 door-Hatch 2002 2006

Hyundai Elantra 4 door 2007 2010

Hyundai Elantra GT 4 Door 2004 2006

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figu re 1).
Tool 35
HYUNDAI ELANTRA
Lean tool to access door lock button
View of tool hooking door lock button
HYUNDAI

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Method - M1
HYUNDAI
Page 364

1. Use the One hand Jack system and an air wedge to create working room to insert the tool between window and
weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE
FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle.
4. Pull back on the door handle to unlock the vehicle.
Tool 78SG
HYUNDAI
Button
HYUNDAI ELANTRA
Use the Jack Tool to make working

room
Insert the Air Jack and and inflate it
Move the door lock button with the tip

of the tool
HYUNDAI008BHYUNDAI 1665 Style04 1 jack_but
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 365
HYUNDAI
Hyundai Scoupe 1991 1995

1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip (very tight fit, be very gentle).
2. Insert tool into door (See Diagram Below)
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside of your car for movement.
Instructions are for passenger side door.
Hyundai Scoupe
HYUNDAI
Tool 26
Go To Index
Method - M1
HYUNDAI
Page 366
Hyundai Santa Fe 2000 2006

TOOL: 77 Tool
1. Separate Window from weather stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge from the Rear passenger window.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door at a slight angle (SEE DIAGRAM AND PHOTOS FOR POSITION).
3. Twist tool handle away from vehicle in order to enter first door cavity (SEE DIAGRAM AND PHOTOS FOR POSITION).
4. Hook and bind lock linkage and move linkage forward to unlock the door.
HYUNDAI
Tool 77
HYUNDAI SANTA FE
HYUNDAI010HYUNDAI 848 Style05 1 H7702FRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Hyundai Sonata 1997 1998

Hyundai Excel 1986 1994
Page 367
HYUNDAI
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-s trip with a wedge.
Hyundai Sonata
HYUNDAI
Tool 47
Go To Index
Method - M1
HYUNDAI
Page 368

2. Insert tool into, as shown in diagram.
4. Bind the top lock linkage. Linkage will feel different due to the rubber linkage cover.
5. Get a good grip on the rubber linkage cover by moving tool towards the FRONT of the car.
6. Once the rubber linkage cover is secure, turn handle again in order to move the linkage towards the REAR of the
car.
HYUNDAI
Tool 23
Hyundai Sonata
Hook rubber linkage cover and move it

to the FRONT of the car.
Move linkage towards REAR of the

car.
HYUNDAI014HYUNDAI 844 Style05 1 H2308B
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 369
HYUNDAI
Hyundai Sonata 4 door 2002 2005

1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on rear door
5. Get a good grip on the rubber linkage cover by Twisting the tool and binding the linkage.
6. Once the rubber linkage cover is secure, move the linkage towards the front of the car.
Tool 23
HYUNDAI
HYUNDAI SONATA
Move linkage towards FRONT of the

car
HYUNDAI015HYUNDAI 1258 Style05 1 hyu013
Go To Index
Page 370
Method - M1
HYUNDAI

1. Use the One hand Jack system and an air wedge to create working room to insert the tool between window and
weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE
FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle.
4. Pull back on the door handle to unlock the vehicle.
Use Caution
Tool 78SG
HYUNDAI
Button
Hyundai Sonata
Insert Jack Tool into side of passenger

door.
insert Air Wedge into top of passenger

door.
Pump air wedge to create opening for

the tool.
Insert tool towards the top of door.
Hook door lock button to unlock the

door.
HYUNDAI016HYUNDAI 1160 Style06 1 jack_but
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 371
HYUNDAI
Hyundai Sonata 4 door 2011 2012

Tool 78SG
Button
HYUNDAI
New Hyundai Sonata
Insert Air Jack into side of passenger

door.
Move the tool into position
Unlock the door
HYUNDAI016bHYUNDAI 1722 Style05 1 startbut
insert the long reach tool
Go To Index
Method - M1
HYUNDAI
Page 372
Hyundai Tiburon 1997 2002

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With tip facing the front of the car, lower tool into door until it catches the linkage.
4. Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the front of the car to unlock the door. (See Figure for Position)
Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct linkage,you will see the door lock button move.
HYUNDAI
Tool 23
HYUNDAI TIBURON 2000
View from inside without inside door

panel.
HYUNDAI017HYUNDAI 846 Style05 1 H2364f
Go To Index
Method - M1
HYUNDAI
Page 373
Hyundai Tiburon 2003 2008

4. With the tip of the tool move the door lock button to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pull the door handle on the outside of the vehicle to unlock the door
HYUNDAI
Tool 78SG
HYUNDAI018HYUNDAI 1273 Style00 1 glassbut
Go To Index
Method - M1
HYUNDAI
Page 374
Hyundai Tuscon 2005 2010

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping
2. Insert tool in to the front door
4. Lower the tool into the door (see figure 3).
5, Bring the tool back up on the inside of the door
7. Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
HYUNDAI
Tool 89
Hyundai Tuscon
Tooil in Insertion Position
Veiw from Inside the door
Hook and Move Door Lock Button
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 375
Hyundai
Hyundai Tuscon 2011 2013

1. Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
Tool 78SG
Hyundai
Hyundai Tucson
Use an access smart light day or night

to see through window tinting
Use the one hand jack tool to make

working room
insert the Access Tools Air Jack
Inflait the Air Jack
Moove the door lock button to unlock

the car
HYUNDAI019bHYUNDAI 1759 Style06 1 jacktool
Go To Index
Page 376
Hyundai XG300 2001 2005
Method - M1
HYUNDAI
Hyundai XG350 4 door 2002 2005

1.Separate the glass from weather-strip on rear door.
2. Lower tool into the door approximately 2 inches.
3.Hook the shape horizontal rod near the top of the door and move it.
4 Watch the door lock button. When you have hooked the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.
HYUNDAI
Tool 23

Alternate Altohj
HYUNDAI XG350

HYUNDAI020HYUNDAI 35 Style04 1 hyuxg350m2
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 377
HYUNDAI
Hyundai Entourage 2007 2008

Tool 78SG
2. Insert Access Air Jack into upper portion of the door and inflate to create an opening in the door.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to Unlock the vehicle.
Tool 78SG
Button
HYUNDAI
Hyundai Entourage
Insert jack tool
Insert long reach tool
Insert air wedge and inflate
Pull door lock button to unlock
HYUNDAI022HYUNDAI 608 Style05 1 jack_but
Go To Index
Page 378
Method - M1
HYUNDAI
Hyundai Sante Fe 2007 2012

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lo ck button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.
HYUNDAI
Tool 65
Hyundai Sante Fe
Insert Strip Saver and Wedge
View of working position from inside

the vehicle
HYUNDAI023HYUNDAI 609 Style06 1 R3511RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 379
HYUNDAI
Hyundai Veracruz 2007 2012

5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positio ned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
Note:To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the
Tool 65
Hyundai Veracruz
HYUNDAI024HYUNDAI 1678 Style04 1 R3511RD
HYUNDAI

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Method - M1
HYUNDAI
Page 380
Hyundai Genesis 2 door 2010 2013

TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG and Glassman
Tool: Glassman Tool
1. Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window.
2. Insert the tool into the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG) into the opening.
4. Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button.
5. Engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Tool 78SG
Pull handle
Tool
HYUNDAI
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Genesis Coupe
Insert Glassman
Use tip of Long Reach Tool to pull lock

open
Inser Long Reach Tool in the Glassman opening slot
Once lock is on open position, open

door
HYUNDAI025HYUNDAI 1628 Style05 1 Glasshdl
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 381
HYUNDAI
Hyundai Genesis 4 door 2009 2013

1. Insert tool between window and weather-strip, with the tip of the tool facing downward.
Tool 78SG
Button
HYUNDAI
Genesis Sedan
Use One-Hand Jack Tool to wedge top

side of door

open
Use Air Wedge on top of door to create

opening, insert long reach tool

door
HYUNDAI026HYUNDAI 1627 Style05 1 Jack_But
Go To Index
Page 382
Method - M1
HYUNDAI
Hyundai Equius 2011 2013
HYUNDAI
Button
Tool 78SG
HYUNDAI027HYUNDAI 1915 Style00 1 startbut
Go To Index
Method - M1
Hyundai
Page 383
Hyundai Velostar 2012 2013

Hyundai
Button
Tool 78SG
HYUNDAI029HYUNDAI 1810 Style00 1 StartBut
Go To Index
Method - M1
HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 384
Hyundai HT Light Duty All

Tool: 105
3.Insert the tip of the tool towards the very rear of the front door under the linkage where it connects to the
door latch mechanism.
Wedge
Tool
Tool 105
Direction
Linkage
Direction
Hyndai Bering
Use Strip Saver & Wedge to make

working room, insert tool at rear of
passenger door
Lock system uses horizontal linkage.

Door panel shown
HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS001HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS 1477 Style03 1 V10505HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 385
Hyundai HT Bering Medium Duty All

Wedge
Tool 26
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up
Hyundai Bering Medium Duty
Use Strip Saver & Wedge to make

workin room. Insert tool at rear of passenger door
Lower tool into door behind doors lock

button
Lift tool under door lock button to

unlock door
HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS002HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS 1478 Style04 1 V2613HT
Go To Index
Page 386
Infiniti FX 45 2003 2012
Method - M1
INFINITI
Infiniti FX35 2003 2012
INFINITI
Button
Tool 78SG
INFINITI001INFINITI 1861 Style00 1 startbut
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 387
INFINITI
Infiniti G20 1997 2002

1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR.
2. Insert tool with tip about 4 from rear doorframe (point tip towards front of vehicle).
3. Lower tool under linkage (approx. 5 down).
4. Lift tool to catch linkage.
6. Move linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: USE REAR PASSENGER DOOR
Tool 86
Infiniti G20
INFINITI
H8601BRD .eps
INFINITI003-M1INFINITI 900 Style05 1 H8601BRD
Go To Index
Method - M2
INFINITI
Page 388
Infiniti G20 1997 2002

1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR.
2.Insert tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle (see illustration for position).
3.Twist tool to hook and bind linkage.
4.Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE : Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door
lock button move.
INFINITI
Tool 23
Infiniti G20
INFINITI003-M2INFINITI 901 Style05 1 H2309BRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 389
INFINITI
Infiniti G35 2 Door 2003 2012

Infiniti G37 2 door 2008 2009

Infiniti M45 2003 2004

1 Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
Tool
Tool 78SG
Handle
Direction
Tool
PASSENGER
DOOR
INFINITI
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Infiniti G35 Coupe
Insert wedge into side of window
Insert tool in between wedge
Hook lock button to unlock
Close up of tool on lock button
INFINITI004INFINITI 1342 Style06 1 R5004
Go To Index
Method - M1
INFINITI
Page 390

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool - 6 5
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above rear passenger door lock button inside of vehicle
(see figure 1).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock button.
7. Move tool to the rear in order to unlock the door lock button.
INFINITI
Tool 65
Infiniti G35 Sedan
INFINITI005INFINITI 1231 Style05 1 inf011
Go To Index
Method - M1

Infiniti G IPL 2010 2012
INFINITI
Page 391

INFINITI
Button
Tool 78SG
INFINITI006INFINITI 1855 Style00 1 startbut
Go To Index
Page 392
Infiniti I30 4 Door 2000 2001
Method - M1
INFINITI
Infiniti I35 4 door 2002 2004
Tool: Check Mark Tool - 66

1.Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert appro priate end of tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle.
3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram).
4. Lift tool to hook linkage.
5. Turn handle to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
INFINITI
Tool 66
INFINITI007INFINITI 1083 Style04 1 H6602frd
Go To Index
Method - M1
Infiniti J30 1993 1998
Page 393
INFINITI
Infiniti I30 1996 1999
Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42

2. Lower the tool into the door at the position shown below.
3. Rotate the tool in order to insert tip below the top lock linkage.
4. Rotate the tool in order to bind the linkage.
5. Move the tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: Watch the lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will
Tool 42
INFINITI
Infiniti J30
Close up from inside the door

INFINITI009INFINITI 1081 Style04 1 H4211F
Go To Index
Method - M1
INFINITI
Page 394
INFINITI
Tool 78SG
Infiniti M35
Insert Jack Tool
Insert tool to access door lock button
Insert and inflate Air Wedge
INFINITI012INFINITI 175 Style05 1 jacktool
Go To Index
Method - M1
Infiniti Q45 1990 1996
INFINITI
Page 395
Tool: S Tool - 47
2. Lower the tool into the door 5 to 6 from the rear edge of the door
3. Lower the tip of the tool past the inner door frame and lift.
4. Pull straight up on the tool to move the lock linkage (see the enlargement diagram).
NOTE: Be very gentle it is possible to knock the linkage loose.
INFINITI
ENLARGEMENT
Tool 47
INFINITI013INFINITI 1548 Style00 1 H4703
Go To Index
Page 396
Method - M1
INFINITI

INFINITI
Tool 65
Infiniti Q45
Hook door lock button and turn to

unlock
INFINITI014INFINITI 898 Style04 1 R3501
Go To Index
Method - M1

Infiniti G35 Sport Coupe 2007 2008
Page 397
INFINITI
Infiniti Q45 Sport 2006 2007

Tool 35
INFINITI
INFINITI Q45
View of tool inside the vehicle

INFINITI015INFINITI 957 Style04 1 inf011
Go To Index
Method - M1
INFINITI
Page 398
Infiniti QX4 1997 2003

TOOL: Triple Hook Tool- 86
1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into REAR passenger door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door. Do not lower tool deep into the door (See diagram and photos for position).
3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage.
4.Turn tool handle to rear of vehicle to move linkage towards front of vehicle and unlock the door.
Tool 86
INFINITI
H8616FRD.eps
INFINITI QX4
INFINITI016-M1INFINITI 1187 Style05 1 H8616FRD
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 399
INFINITI

1.Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into FRONT passenger door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door. Do not lower tool deep into the door (See diagram and photos for position).
5.Note: watch to door lock button for movement.
Tool 86
INFINITI
H8617F.eps
INFINITI QX4
INFINITI016-M2INFINITI 1194 Style05 1 H8617F
Go To Index
Page 400
Method - M1
INFINITI

1. Insert strip saver and wedge on the upper corner of the door.
2. Insert a n Air Wedge into the door and inflate.
3. Remove the wedge from the door.
5. Maneuver the tool so that the tip of the tool accesses the door lock button.
6. Push the door lock button to unlock the door.
INFINITI
Tool 78SG
Infiniti QX56
Insert One Hand Jack
Insert Air Wedge
Inflate Air Wedge
Push Door Lock Button to Unlock
INFINITI017INFINITI 1370 Style06 1 RLJ02
Go To Index
Method - M1
Infiniti EX 5 door 2008 2012

Infiniti FX35 SUV 2007 2008
Page 401
INFINITI
Infiniti FX35 2009 2011

Tool 78SG
INFINITI
Infinity EX
Insert the Air Jack do Not sue the One

Hand jack tool
Pull the door lock button

Insert the Long reach tool as Needed
Go To Index
Page 402
Method - M1
INFINITI
Infiniti EX 3 Door 2008 2012

INFINITI
Tool 78SG
Infinity EX
Insert the Air Jack do Not sue the One

Hand jack tool

Insert the Long reach tool as Needed
Go To Index
Method - M1

Infiniti M37 Hybrid 2011 2013
INFINITI
Page 403

Infiniti M56 Hybrid 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With the Jack tool and Regular Air jack
1. Use the jack Tool to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
3. Remove the jack Tool
Tool 78SG
INFINITI022INFINITI 1715 Style00 1 jack_but
INFINITI
Button
Go To Index
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 404
Method - M1
International 4000 Series up to 2001

Wedge
Tool 26
Pull
Up
Linkage
Inernational 4000 Series
Pull
Up
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS 1479 Style03 1 V2612HT
Go To Index
Method - M2
International 4000 Series up to 2001
Page 405
International Durastar Medium Duty 2008 2012

1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower the tool into the door with the tip of the tool facing the rear of the vehicle.
3.Hook the bottom of the lock linkage and lift the tool to unlock the door.
Linkage
Direction
Direction
Tool
Tool 102
Wedge
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 406
International Pay Star Heavy Duty All

Tool: 101
1. insert the tool at the rear of the front door.
3. rock the tool so that the tip of the tool moves the linkage to the front of the truck.
4.The tip moves towards the front while the handle rocks to the rear.
Wed ge
Linkage
Tool
Push
Down
Tool 101
Push
Down
International Pay Star
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS002INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS 1486 Style03 1 V10105HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 407
International Cab Over Heavy Duty All

Tool 26
Direction
Pull
Up
Tool
Linkage
International Heavy Duty Cab Over
Wedge
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 408
International Eagle Flat Doors All
International Heavy Duty Models Flat Doors
Tool: 101 Downward Bend Tool

1. Insert a strip saver and wedge between the glass and weather stripping to create an opening for the
tool.
2.Lower the to into the door at an angle as shown in the diagram.
3.Push down on the lock linkage sideways from the center of the door towards the rear of the door.
Wed ge
Linkage
Tool
Tool 101
Push
Down
Push
Down
International Eagle with Flat Doors
Go To Index
Method - M1
International Eagle Slanted Doors All
Page 409
International Heavy Duty Models Slanted Doors
Tool: 101 Downward Bend Tool

1 Insert a strip saver and wedge between the glass and weather stripping to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower the to into the door at an angle as shown in the diagram.
3.Push down on the lock linkage sideways from the center of the door towards the rear of the door.
Wedge
Tool 101
Linkage
Tool
Push
Down
Push
Down
Inernational Eag;e amd new 9000

Series
Note slanted doors

Go To Index
Page 410
Method - M2
International Eagle Slanted Doors All
International Heavy Duty Models Slanted Doors

Wedge
Direction
Pull
Up
Tool
Linkage
Tool 26
Go To Index
Method - M1
International 4000
International 4300 All
Page 411
International 7000 All

1. Insert a strip saver and wedge between the glass and weather stripping of the passenger side door.
3.Turn the tool handle away from the vehicle to allow the hooked end to access the lock linkage.
4.Once the hooked end of the tool has made contact with the lock linkage, twist the tool to bind the linkage.
5.rock the handle of the tool towards the rear to move the tip of the tool and the linkage forward and to
unlock the door.
Linkage
Tool 23
Tool
Direction
Direction
International 4300 truck shown
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS006INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS 333 Style03 1 H2383HT
Wedge
Go To Index
Method - M1
ISUZU
Page 412
Isuzu Ascender 2003 2006

Isuzu Ascender 2007 2009
Isuzu Hombre 1996 2001

1. Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side door.
Tool 23
Wedge
Tool
Linkage
ISUZU
Move to front
Move to front
PASSENGER DOOR
Isuzu Ascender
ISUZU001ISUZU 1274 Style06 1 H2382F
Go To Index
Method - M1
ISUZU
Page 413
Isuzu Axiom 2002 2004

TOOL : LONG INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See
figure 1).
5. Raise the tool unit the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See
figure 3).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
ISUZU
Tool 89
ISUZU002ISUZU 1227 Style00 1 r3504
Go To Index
Page 414
Isuzu i-280 2006 2008

Isuzu I-290 2006 2008
Method - M1
ISUZU
Isuzu i-350 2006 2008
ISUZU
TOOL: 67
ENLARGEMENT
Tool 67
ISUZU004ISUZU 913 Style00 1 H6704U
Go To Index
Method - M1
ISUZU
Page 415
Isuzu Impulse 1990 1993

3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of the door.
Isuzu Impulse

Isuzu006ISUZU 1084 Style02 1 H2310F
ISUZU
Tool 23
Go To Index
Method - M1
ISUZU
Page 416
Isuzu Amigo Hard & Soft Top 1994 2000

Isuzu I-Mark 1985 1993
Isuzu Pickup 1990 1995
Isuzu Rodeo 1991 1997
Isuzu Rodeo Sport 2 & 4 Door 2001 2003

Isuzu Trooper 1984 2000
Isuzu Trooper 2001 2002
ISUZU
TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool - 26

NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever,
Tool 26
ISUZU RODEO
ISUZU008ISUZU 124 Style03 1 V2601
Go To Index
Method - M1
Isuzu Rodeo 1998 2004
Page 417
ISUZU
Isuzu Oasis 1996 2000
Tool: S Tool - 47
and the window.
3. Lower the tool into door and hook the door lockrod with the hook at the end of the tool.
Tool 47
ISUZU
ISUZU RODEO
Go To Index
Page 418
ISUZU
Method - M1
Isuzu Stylus 1990 1993
ISUZU

3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION).
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of the door.
Tool 23
ISUZU011ISUZU 1086 Style00 1 H2311F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 419
ISUZU
Isuzu VehiCross 1999 2001
Isuzu VX-4
Tool: S TOOL - 47
3. Twist tool handle to hook and bind door lock rod.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock rod inside the car.
Wedge
Tool 47
Tool
Lock
Linkage
Pull up
Tool
Pull up
ISUZU
PASSENGER DOOR
Isuzu Vehicross
View from inside the Door
Go To Index
Page 420
ISUZU
Method - M1
Isuzu I-370 2007 2008
ISUZU

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figu
re 1).
Tool 35
ISUZU016ISUZU 768 Style00 1 R3509
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 421
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS
Isuzu HT NPR Pre-1995

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Wedge
Linkage
Pull
Up
Tool 47
Isuzu NPR pre 1995
Use Stripe Saver & wedge to prepare,

and insert tool
Lower tool into door w/ tip facing door

lock button. Hook linkage w/ tip of tool
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS 1246 Style03 1 V4715HT
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS
Pull
Up
Go To Index
Method - M2
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 422
Isuzu HT NPR Pre-1995

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS
Wedge
Tool 26
Pull
Up
Linkage
Isuze NPR pre-1995
Make working room with your strip

savers and wedge.
Pull
Up
Lower tool into the door in position

shown. Lift tool under button to unlock
door.
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS 1404 Style03 1 V2612HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 423
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS
Isuzu HT NPR 1996 2008

Wedge
Linkage
Pull
Up
Tool 26
Isuzu NPR 1996 and up
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS002ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS 1247 Style03 1 V2613HT
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS
Pull
Up
Go To Index
Method - M1
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 424
Isuzu HT FTR Pre-1995

Tool 23
Wedge
Direction
Enlargement
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS
Direction
Isuzu FTR up to 1995
Insert tool between glass and weatherstripping
Hook top linkage w/ tip of tool. Rotate

tool to bind linkage & move it towards
rear of truck.
Lower tool on top of lock linkage. Twist

tool so tip moves towards back of door
Note how top linkage is the one to put

tool on
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS003ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS 1248 Style05 1 H2340HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 425
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS
Isuzu HT FTR 1996 2008

Tool: T105
Tool 105
Wedge
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS
Tool
Direction
Direction
Isuzu FTR 1996 and up
Use tool # 105
tool should be at rear of passenger

side door
Lower tool into door with tip facing

back of truck
Note depth of tool in door
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS004ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS 1249 Style05 1 V10501HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
JAGUAR
Page 426
Jaguar XJ12 1980 1996

Jaguar Majestic
Jaguar Sovereign 1990 1999
Jaguar Vanden Plas 1986 1996

Jaguar XJ6 1987 1996

3. Lower the tool into car.
4. Hook lock lever with tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct rod, you will
JAGUAR
Tool 88-45
V8803.eps
Jaguar XJ6
A. Tool
B. Lock Linkage
JAGUAR003JAGUAR 27 Style05 1 V8803
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 427
JAGUAR

Jaguar XJR 1997 2006
TOOL: Double Bend Tool 88

1. Insert Strip Saver and wedge into passenger side door.
2.Face tool tip towards the front of the car, and lower the tool into the door directly above door handle.
3.Turn tool handle away from the car to access bell crank.
4.Lift tool to flip latch mechanism in the bell crank and unlock the door.
Wedge
Tool 88-45
Linkage
Pull up
JAGUAR
Bell
Crank
Pull up
Tool
Tool
PASSENGER DOOR
V8811.eps
JAGUAR XJ8
JAGUAR004-M1JAGUAR 372 Style05 1 V8811
Go To Index
Page 428

JAGUAR
Method - M2
Jaguar XJR 1997 2006
JAGUAR
Tool: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
JAGUAR004-M2JAGUAR 463 Style00 1 V4701
Go To Index
Method - M1
JAGUAR
Jaguar Coupe Convertible 1984 1996

Jaguar XJR-S 1984 1996
Page 429
Jaguar XJS 1984 1996

2. Point tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. Using tip of tool move linkage towards front of vehicle.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock lever inside of the car.When you have hooked the correct
lever inside the door you will see the door lock button move.
JAGUAR
Tool 23
JAGUAR005JAGUAR 446 Style00 1 H2001F
Go To Index
Page 430
Jaguar XK8 Convertible 1997 2009

Jaguar XK 2007 2012
Jaguar XK8 Coupe 1997 2009
Method - M1
JAGUAR
Jaguar XKR Coupe 1997 2006

Jaguar XKR Convertible 1997 2009

1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward (see
figure 1 for position).
Tool 78SG
JAGUAR
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Jaguar XK8
View of inside of door

JAGUAR007JAGUAR 970 Style04 1 glassman
Go To Index
Method - M1
Jaguar X-Type Wagon 2005 2006

Jaguar S TYPE 2000 2009
Page 431
JAGUAR
Jaguar S Type R 2003 2012
Jaguar X Type 2002 2006

Tool 35
JAGUAR
JAGUAR X TYPE
View of tool inside the vehicle

JAGUAR008JAGUAR 171 Style04 1 R3501
Go To Index
Page 432
Jaguar XF 2009 2012

Jaguar XJ 2010 2012
Method - M1
JAGUAR
Jaguar XKF 2009 2012
JAGUAR
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle to unlock the door
Tool 78SG
Jaguar XF
Insert the Air jack do not use the one

hand jack tool
JAGUAR009JAGUAR 1596 Style03 1 starthand
Insert the long reach tool and unlock

the vehicle
Go To Index
Method - M1
Jeep Cherokee 1979 2001

Jeep Comanche 1986 1992
Page 433
JEEP
Jeep Wagoneer 1980 1992

2. Lower the tool into the door until it lays on the lock linkage.
3. Twist the tool handle in order to bind the linkage.
4. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves towards the front of the car.
Tool 23
JEEP
JEEP CHEROKEE
A. Tool. B. Linkage C. Move in this

direction
JEEP001JEEP 952 Style04 1 H2334
Go To Index
Page 434
Jeep Grand Cherokee 1993 1998
Method - M1
JEEP
Jeep Grand Wagoneer 1993 1995
Tool- Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23

4. Twist the tool handle in order to bind the linkage.
5. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves towards the front of the car.
JEEP
Tool 23
JEEP GRAND CHEROKEE
JEEP004JEEP 1055 Style03 1 H2335B
Go To Index
Method - M1
JEEP
Page 435

1. Separate glass from door using Strip Saver and Wedge on passenger side door.
2.Take a Number 2 Tool and with the tip of the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower into the door at approximately
a 45 degree angle (see diagram and photo for insertion position).
3.Turn the Number 2 Tool handle away from the vehicle in order to access the linkage shield. The shield acts like a
curtain.
4.While maintaining the 45 degree angle, move the tool towards the front of the vehicle in order to move the shield
(see diagram and photo).
5.Once the Number 2 Tool is in position, insert a Number 23 Tool in the far end of the door, facing the front of the
vehicle (see diagram and photo for insertion position).
6.Turn Number 23 Tool handle to hook and bind linkage.
7.Move linkage to front of vehicle to unlock the door.
Tool 23
JEEP GRAND CHEROKEE
First Tool in Insertion Position
First Tool Working, Second Tool Insertion
Both Tools in Working Position
Move Shield; Access Linkage
JEEP005JEEP 1061 Style06 1 H2379F
JEEP

Alternate altohj
Go To Index
Page 436
Method - M1
JEEP
Jeep Commander 2005 2010
TOOL: S Tool - 47
JEEP
Tool 47
Jeep Grand Cherokee
Tool in Working Position. Lift to Unlock

Door.
JEEP006JEEP 1436 Style04 1 V4707
Lower Tool into Door as Shown.
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 437
JEEP
Jeep Liberty 2002 2007
Tool 120
2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car
lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes behind the window run channel. The tool should be at the rear
of the door.
Tool 120
V8806.eps
JEEP
Tool lifting the linkage
Go To Index
Method - M1
JEEP
Page 438
Jeep CJ Series 1986 1997
Jeep Wrangler 1986 1997
JEEP
Instructions
1. Insert Wedge between glass and weather-strip on the rear door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into slow.
3.Hook linkage at rear of door as shown.
4.Lift and pull to front. Watch both for movement.
5. Lower tool onto lock linkage.
6. Bind linkage twisting tool.
7. Move linkage towards front of vehicle.
NOTE: This method is for 4 Door models only, using only the REAR Door.
Tool 22
Front Passenger
Door
INSER TION

Alternate Alt47
Go To Index
Method - M1
Jeep CJ Series 1998 2002
Page 439
JEEP

2. Lower tool into the Door.
3. Hook and bind Linkage.
4. Turn tool handle to move linkage towards front of the vehicle to unlock the door.
Tool 23
JEEP
Jeep Wrangler
JEEP011JEEP 166 Style04 1 H2333
Go To Index
Method - M1
JEEP
Page 440
Jeep Compass 2007 2012
Jeep Patriot 2007 2012
TOOL: 105
JEEP
Tool 105
Jeep Compass
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 441
JEEP
Jeep Wrangler Unlimited 2005 2012

4. Lower (see figure 3).
5 .Slide tool forward in door.
6 Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Tool 89
JEEP
Jeep Wrangler
JEEP014JEEP 772 Style05 1 R8901FD
Go To Index
Page 442
JEEP
Method - M1
Jeep Liberty UV 2008 2012

Tool 118
1 Insert strip savers and Wedgee between the glass and the door frame to create working room.
3 Move the tip of the tool under the bend in the door lock linkage.
4 Lift to unlock the door.
JEEP
Tool 118

Alternate Altohj
Jeep Liberty
JEEP015JEEP 1597 Style03 1 liberty
Go To Index
Method - M1
KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS
Kenworth T300 Flat Doors All

Kenworth Cab Over Heavy Duty All
Kenworth T400 Flat Doors
Page 443

Tool: 102 Upward Truck Tool

3.turn the tool so the tip goes under the lock linkage
4.Lift eth tool to unlock the door.
Wedge
Tool 102
Pull
Up
Kenworth T-Series w/ Flat Doors.
Note style of the door.
Lower tool into door as shown.
Close up of tool in action. Lift tool to

unlock door.
KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS002KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS 1430 Style06 1 V10205HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 444
Kenworth T300 Slanted Doors All

Kenworth T400 Slanted Doors


Pull
Up
Tool 102
Kenworth T-Series w/ Slanted doors
Note door style for this truck

Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 445
Kenworth K300 Cab Over Medium Duty
Kenworth T2000 All
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Wedge
Tool 47
Pull
Up
Kenworth T2000
Lower tool into door. Hook the door

lock linkage w/ tool and lift
Pull
Up
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 446
Kenworth C series
Kenworth W Series All

4.Lift eth tool to unlock the door.
Wedge
Tool 102
Pull
Up
Kenworth W Series shown
Lower tool below door lock mechanism

and lift

Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 447
KIA
Kia Soul 2010 2011

Tool 78SG
Button
KIA
Soul

side of door

opening
Inflate Air Wedge
Insert Long Reach Tool
Pull door lock button back to unlock

vehicle
KIA001KIA 1630 Style06 1 Jack_But
Go To Index
Page 448
Method - M1
KIA
Kia Optima Sedan 2001 2006

5. Get a good grip on the rubber linkage cover by moving tool towards the FRONT of the car.
6. Once the rubber linkage cover is secure, turn handle again in order to move the linkage towards the REAR of the
car.
KIA
Tool 23
KIA OPTIMA
Tool in Working Position. Use Rear

Door
Close up of Tool in Action. Move to

Front to Unlock.
KIA002-M1KIA 1551 Style04 1 H2381FRD
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 449
KIA
Kia Optima Sedan 2001 2006

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of
the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
Tool 35
KIA
KIA OPTIMA
Move Lock Button to Rear to Unlock
KIA002-M2KIA 1222 Style05 1 R3510
Go To Index
Page 450
Method - M1
KIA
Kia Optima 2007 2010

KIA
Tool 35
Kia Optima

KIA002-P1KIA 582 Style04 1 R3510
Go To Index
Method - M1
Kia Optima 2011 2013
Page 451
KIA
Kia Optima Hybrid 2011 2013
Tool 78SG
KIA
Soul

side of door

opening
Inflate Air Wedge
Pull door lock button back to unlock

vehicle
KIA002-Q1KIA 1864 Style06 1 Starthand
Go To Index
Page 452
Kia Cinco 2002 2005

Kia Rio 2 & 4 Door 2001 2005
Method - M1
KIA
Kia Rio Cinco 2004 2005
Kia Sephia 1994 1997
KIA
Tool: S Tool - 47
1.Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver TM and insert a wedge between
the Strip Saver TM and the window.
2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.
Tool 47
Tool
KIA RIO
KIA003KIA 354 Style03 1 V4710
Go To Index
Method - M1
Kia Rio 2006 2010
Page 453
KIA
Kia Rio 5 2006 2010

4. Lower tool into the door(see figure 3).
5. raise the tool so the tool comes out on the inside of the door
6. Slide tool in The door.
7. Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Tool 89
KIA

Alternate Altohj
Kia Rio
View from inside thedoor

KIA004KIA 857 Style04 1 R3512
Go To Index
Method - M1
KIA
Page 454
Kia Rio 4 door 2011 2013

TOOL: 67
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car and lower tool deep into door.
KIA
Tool 67
ENLARGEMENT
Kia Rio
Place tool under bell crank and lift.
KIA004b-M1KIA 1913 Style04 1 H6701

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 455
KIA
Kia Rio 5 door 2011 2013

Tool 78SG
Button
KIA
Kia Rio
Insert tha starter Air Jack
Use the Air Jack to make working

room
Move the tool inside the vehicle
move the door lock buton to unlock the

door
KIA004b-M2KIA 1865 Style06 1 startbut
Go To Index
Page 456
Method - M1
KIA
Kia Sedona Mini Van 2002 2005

Tool - Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
4. Rotate tool to bind the linkage.
5. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves
toward the front of the car.
KIA
Tool 23
KIA SEDONA
View from the inside of vehicle
Inside door panel
KIA005KIA 1233 Style06 1 kia124
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 457
KIA
Kia Sedona 2006 2012
Kia Amanti 2004 2009
Tool 78sg
Button
KIA
Kia Sedona
Insert Jack Tool

KIA006KIA 858 Style04 1 jack_but
Insert and inflate Air Wedge
Go To Index
Page 458
Method - M1
KIA
Kia Sephia 1998 2001

5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards rear of car.
lock button move.
KIA
Tool 23
Kia Sephia

KIA008KIA 676 Style04 1 H2312B
Go To Index
Method - M1
KIA
Page 459
Kia Sorento 2003 2009

1. Create an opening for the tool using a Strip Saver and Wedge.
3. Lower the tool into the passenger side door, directly above the door handle (see figure and photos).
4. After lowering the tool almost to the handle, turn the handle away from the car to access the linkage.
5. Hook and bind the linkage. Turn tool handle towards rear of car to move linkage to front of car and unlock the door.
Rear
Door
KIA
Tool 23
Move to rear
Rear Door
Kia Sorento
KIA009KIA 1275 Style03 1 H23102BRD
Go To Index
Page 460
Method - M1
KIA
Kia Sorento 2010 2012

TOOL: Air Jack Tool- 78SG .
Tool 78sg
KIA
Button
Kia Sorento
Use the Air Jack to make working

room

KIA009bKIA 1755 Style04 1 jack_but
Go To Index
Method - M1
Kia Spectra Hatchback 2002 2004
Page 461
KIA
Kia Spectra 2001 2004

1. Create an opening for the tool using a Strip Saver and Wedge.
3. Lower the tool into the passenger side door, directly above the door handle (see figure and photos).
4. After lowering the tool almost to the handle, turn the handle away from the car to access the linkage.
5. Hook and bind the linkage. Turn tool handle towards rear of car to move linkage to front of car and unlock the door.
lock button move.
Tool 23
KIA
KIA SPECTRA
View of Targeted Linkage
KIA010KIA 355 Style06 1 H2376
Go To Index
Method - M1
KIA
Page 462
Kia Spectra 2005 2010
Kia Spectra 5 2005 2010

1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR.
2.Insert tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle (see illustration for position).
3.Twist tool to hook and bind linkage.
4.Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE : Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door
lock button move.
KIA
Tool 23
Kia Spectra 5
Tool in Insertion Position. Use Rear

passenger door.
Hook Linkage and Move to Front of the

Vehicle
KIA011KIA 856 Style05 1 H2309BRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 463
KIA
Kia Sportage 1995 2002

1. Separate glass from weather-strip with wedge.
2. Lower the tool into door directly above the door lock button.
3. Lift up door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will see
Tool 26
Direction
Tool
KIA
KIA SPORTAGE 99
Close up of tool from inside door panel
Close up of tool and lockrod in working

position
KIA012KIA 1140 Style05 1 V2605
Go To Index
Method - M1
KIA
Page 464

1.Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping
4. Lower in to the door(see figure 3).
5 Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button
KIA
Tool 89
Kia Sportage
Turn tool at an angle to access door

lock button
Go To Index
Method - M1
KIA
Page 465
Kia Rondo 2007 2010

figure 1).
(see figure 3).
KIA
Tool 35
Go To Index
Page 466
Method - M1
KIA

KIA
Button
Tool 78SG
KIA014AKIA 1869 Style00 1 Jack_But
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 467
KIA
Kia Borrego 2009 2011

1.
Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2.
(see figure 1).
3.
Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
4.
Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2) and lower (see figure 3).
5.
Slide tool forward in door.
6.
Rotate the tool tool into door until V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
7.
Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that
the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
8.
Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Tool 89
Borrego
Pull button back to unlock the vehicle
KIA015KIA 1629 Style05 1 R8901FD
KIA

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Method - M1
KIA
Page 468
Kia Forte Coupe 2 door 2010 2012

4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, p ull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle.
Use of Glass Saver System is recommende
Tool 78Sg
KIA
Button
Kia Forte Koupe
Insert Glassman Tool
Move tool into Position
Insert long Reach in-between Glassman
unlock vehicle
KIA016KIA 1719 Style05 1 jack_but
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 469
KIA
Kia Forte 4 door 2010 2012
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65

Tool 65
KIA
Kia Forte Sedan
Pull door lock Button
KIA017-M1KIA 1718 Style04 1 R3501
Tool being Inserted
Go To Index
Page 470
Method - M2
KIA

1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
Tool 78Sg
KIA
Button
Kia Forte Sedan
Use Jack Tool to create working room
Use the long reach to unlock the

vehicle
KIA017-M2KIA 1754 Style04 1 jack_but
Insert the Air Jack
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 471
LAND ROVER
Land Rover Discovery 1994 2004
Land Rover All Models 1980 1993

1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the
Strip Saver and the window.
3. Lower the tool into door and turn handle to allow tool tip access to the door lock button.
4. Lift tool handle to unlock the door.
Note 1998 and newer Land Rovers may be equipped with a type of deadlock mechanism,. If these vehicles were locked using the key the door lock button will move up and down, but will not unlock the vehicle .
Shield
Land Rover Discovery
LAND ROVER002LAND ROVER 796 Style03 1 V2607
LAND ROVER
Tool 26
Go To Index
Method - M1
LAND ROVER
Page 472
Land Rover Freelander 3 Door 2003 2005
Land Rover Freelander 4 door 2002 2005

LAND ROVER
Tool 35

Alternate altohj
LAND ROVER FREELANDER
Inside view of tool in working position
Tool in working postion
Close up
LAND ROVER003LAND ROVER 210 Style05 1 freelander
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 473
LAND ROVER
Land Rover LR3 2005 2009

Tool 35
Land Rover LR3
Tool in Inserstion Position. Use Rear

Passenger Door.
View From Inside the Door. Hook Door

Lock Button to Unlock.
LAND ROVER004LAND ROVER 1439 Style04 1 R8901FD
LAND ROVER

Alternate starthand
Go To Index
Method - M1
LAND ROVER
Page 474
Land Rover Range Rover 1994 2000

TOOL: S Tool - 47
NOTE: The 2000-2002 models can be opened using this method, unless they are deadlocked. The 2003 -2004 Land
Rovers use a new deadlock mechanism which cannot be opened.
LAND ROVER
Tool 47
Range Rover
Hook lock rod with tool (not seen) and

lift to unlock.
LAND ROVER005LAND ROVER 903 Style04 1 V4704F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 475
LAND ROVER

Land Rover Range Rover 2001 2012

Land Rover Range Rover Sport 2006 2012
Note: some of these vehicles may deadlock, requiring you to depress the electric door lock release button with the
end of your long reach tool then immediately pulling the door lock handle twice.
Tool 78SG
LAND ROVER
Land Rover LR2
Insert and inflate air wedge
Manuever tool to door lock handle
Insert tool into door cavity
LAND ROVER007LAND ROVER 773 Style05 1 Starthand
Go To Index
Page 476
LAND ROVER
Method - M1
Land Rover Evoque 2011 2013
LAND ROVER
Note: some of these vehicles may deadlock, requiring you to depress the electric door lock release button
with the end of your long reach tool then immediately pulling the door lock handle twice.
Tool 78SG
LAND ROVER008LAND ROVER 1871 Style00 1 Starthand
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 477
LEXUS
Lexus ES300 1992 1996

vehicle.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, push the tool to unlock the vehicle.
NOTE : This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle at the exact moment that
you move the door lock button .
LEXUS
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 78SG
LEXUS002LEXUS 972 Style00 1 glassman
Go To Index
Page 478
Lexus ES300 2002 2003
Method - M1
LEXUS
Lexus ES330 2004 2006

1. Insert wedge between glass and weath er-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool
is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the
tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move
the door lock button.
To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
Tool 65
LEXUS
Button

Alternate startbut
Lexus ES300
Lowering the tool into the door
Inside the car view of tool
Close up of inside
LEXUS004LEXUS 1234 Style06 1 R3502
Go To Index
Method - M1
Lexus GS300 1994 2008

Lexus ES250 1990 1992
Page 479
LEXUS
Lexus GS400 1994 2000
Lexus GS430 2006 2010

Tool 35
LEXUS
Lexus GS 300/400
Close-up of inside of door

Go To Index
Page 480
Lexus GX470 2003 2010
Method - M1
LEXUS
Lexus GX series 2010 2012

near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door
Tool 65
LEXUS
Button

Alternate startbut
Tool In Insertion Position
Vehicle will try and relock itself

Angle tool pack to Pull Button back
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 481
LEXUS
Lexus LX 470 1999 2007

near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door
Tool 65
LEXUS
Lexus LX 470
Tool under the window.
View inside the door.
LEXUS007bLEXUS 1117 Style05 1 R3501
Go To Index
Method - M1
LEXUS
Page 482
Lexus RX400h 2006 2008
LEXUS

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
figure 1).
Tool 89
Button

Alternate startbut
LEXUS008LEXUS 860 Style00 1 R8901FD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Lexus IS 250 2006 2010
Page 483
LEXUS
Lexus IS 350 2006 2010

1. Insert wedge between glass and weath er-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle6. Rotate the tool
so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
Tool 65
Button
Lexus IS250

LEXUS

Alternate startbut
Go To Index
Page 484
Method - M1
LEXUS
Lexus LX570 SUV 2008 2012
LEXUS
TOOL: Air Wedge and Long Reach Tool - 78SG

1. Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
NOTE: Do not use Jack Tool on regular cab, ONLY USE AIR WEDGE. Jack Tool can be used on Extended Cab
Tool 78SG
Insert Jack Tool
Insert Air Wedge and Pump
LEXUS011LEXUS 584 Style03 1 Jacktool
Pull Lock Button
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 485
LEXUS
Lexus RX 300 1999 2003

Lexus LS400 1990 2000
Lexus LS430 2001 2006
Lexus LX 450 1996 1998

Lexus SC300 1992 2000
Lexus SC400 1992 2000

1. Insert wedge between glass and the weather-strip ping directly above door lock button inside of vehicle 2. Insert
tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
5. 4. Lower (see figure 3).
6. Slide tool forward in door.
7. Rotate the tool in the door until the shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
9 The vehicle will try and relock itself you must pull on the handle at the same time as you unlock the door button
Tool 35
Lexus RX 300
Close up of tool.
LEXUS
Button
Go To Index
LEXUS
Page 486
Method - M1
Lexus RX330 2004 2007

figure 1).
LEXUS
Rear
Door
Tool 89

Alternate AltOHJ
LEXUS015-M1LEXUS 1401 Style00 1 R8901RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 487
LEXUS
Lexus SC430 2002 2012

Use of the Glass Master System is re c ommended!
Tool
Tool 78SG
Drivers
DOOR ONLY
Handle
Direction
Tool
Drivers
DOOR ONLY
LEXUS
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Lexus SC430
Insert Strip Savers
Insert Glass Master Wedge
Insert Wedge Spreaders to create

working room
Insert the tool
Hook the door handle on drivers door

and pull.
LEXUS018LEXUS 1236 Style06 1 R5009dd
Go To Index
Page 488
Lexus ES350 2007 2012

Lexus ES250 All
Method - M1
LEXUS
Lexus IS300 2001 2005
Lexus IS300 Sport 2002 2005
LEXUS
Tool 78SG
These vehicles can easily be damaged Open only in emergency situation
Button
Tool 78SG
LEXUS019LEXUS 583 Style00 1 jack_but
Go To Index
Method - M1
LEXUS
Page 489
Lexus ES350 2012 2013

Tool 78SG
These vehicles can easily be damaged Open only in emergency situation
Button
LEXUS
Tool 78SG
LEXUS019bLEXUS 1873 Style00 1 jack_but
Go To Index
Page 490
Lexus IS Convertible 2010 2012
Method - M1
LEXUS
Lexus ISC 2010 2012

1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (See
figure 1 for position).
vehicle (See figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (See figure 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, push the tool to unlock the vehicle (See figure 4).
NOTE : This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle at the exact moment that
you move the door lock button .
LEXUS
Pull handle
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 78SG
LEXUS020LEXUS 1617 Style00 1 glasshdl
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 491
LEXUS
Lexus GX460 SUV 2010 2012

LEXUS
Tool 78SG
Insert Jack Tool
LEXUS021LEXUS 1760 Style03 1 Jacktool
Pull Lock Button
Go To Index
Page 492
Method - M1
LEXUS
Lexus HS250h 2010 2012
LEXUS
Note: This security system on the vehicle may attempt to relock the vehicle. To defeat the relocking mechanism hold the door lock button inside the vehicle in the unlock position, while quickly pulling the outside
door handle.
Button
Tool 78SG
LEXUS022LEXUS 1762 Style00 1 startbut
Go To Index
Method - M1
Lotus Elan All
LOTUS
Page 493
Lotus Esprit
TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool - 26

1. Separate the glass from weather-strip with a strip saver.
NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.
When you contact the correct lever, you will se the door lock button move.
LOTUS
Tool 26
LOTUS001LOTUS 1091 Style00 1 V2601
Go To Index
Method - M1
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 494
Mack All Other Cab Over All

Mack Cab Over Heavy Duty
Mack MR Series Heavy Duty Cab Over All
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Insert #104 Latch

Button Tool
Tool 103-04
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS001MACK HEAVY TRUCKS 943 Style00 1 R103-04
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 495
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
Mack Freedom All

Tool: 105
1 Insert strip saver and wedge to protect the door.
2.Insert the tool into the door at a 45 degree angle.
3. Lower the tool so the tip moves towards the very back of the door above the latch mechanism (see
diagram).
4.Hook the lever that extends above the latch with the tip of the tool.
5.Pull on the tool to move the lever forward and unlock the door.
Wedge
Tool 105
Direction
Mack Freedom
Create working room w/ Strip Saver &

Wedge. Insert tool at an angle
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS002MACK HEAVY TRUCKS 1495 Style03 1 V10508HT
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
Direction
Go To Index
Page 496
Method - M1
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
Mack Granite All

Tool: 91 Over and Under Tool
1 Insert the long downward hook tool into the door.
2.Lower the tool on top of the bell-crank.
3.Push down on the bell-crank with the hooked end of the tool.
4.When you have the tool in the right position you will see the door lock button move forward.
Push down on
Bell Crank with
tip of tool
Door Lock
Button
Tool 91
Push
Down
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
Lock Cable
New Mack Granite
Granite has new door lock mechanism
Door lock button is on top of inner door

panel
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 497
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
Mack MS Series Medium Duty Cab All

Tool: 101
3.Push down on the bell crank with the top of the tool.
4.Care should be used only a gentle push down is required.
Wedge
Wedge
Tool 101
Direction
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
Direction
Mack MS Series Medium Duty Cab

Over
Note location of door lock button on

this truck
Door lock button not visible form

outside
Position tool at rear of passenger door
Tool in working position. Push down on

tool to unlock door.
Note position of tool in door
Mack Heavy Trucks005MACK HEAVY TRUCKS 1490 Style06 1 V10101HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 498
Mack New Style Paddle Handle Pre-1995

Tool: 101
3.Push down on the bell crank with the tip of the tool.
4.Care should be used, only a gentle push down is required.
Tool 101
Wedge
Tool
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
Linkage
Direction
Direction

Alternate Alt103-04
New Style Mack Trucks
This opening for trucks with this type

handle. Other type, use Method 2.
Close up. Hook bell crank with tool and

push down to unlock.
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 499
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
Mack Old Style Lever Type Handle All

Tool: 86 Over Under Tool
1.Use the strip saver and wedge to create working room for the tool. Note the door is very tight against the glass and
may require extra pressure from the wedge.
2.Insert the tool with the upward hook down into the door.
3.Lower the tool below the linkage and lift the tool up under the linkage.
4.Rotate the tool to bind the linkage.
5.Rock the tool to move the linkage forward and unlock the door.
Tool 86
Wedge
Lock Linkage
Flat Bar

Alternate Alt103-04
Old Style Mack Truck
Lever type handle
Twist tool handle to move linkage and

unlock door
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
Move to front to
unlock
Go To Index
Method - M1
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 500
Mack Vision 1999 2012

Tool: 26 Double Tool
2.Lower the tool into the door near the rear edge of the door.
3.Twist the tool so that the tip moves towards the inside of the vehicle.
4.Lift up on the tool under the door lock button to unlock the truck.
Tool 26
Tool
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
Pull
Up
Linkage
Mack Vision

Wedge
Lower tool into door under door lock

button. Lift tip of tool under lock button
to unlock
Tip of tool must be dirctly under butt to

unlock door
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS008MACK HEAVY TRUCKS 1250 Style04 1 V6001HT-26
Go To Index
Method - M1
MASERATI
Page 501
Maserati Biturbo Zagato All

Tool: Hook & Bind - 90
2. Insert tool towards door lock button towards front of door.
4. Hook bell crank below door lock button.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.When you have hooked the correct
rod, you will see the door lock button move.
MASERATI
Tool 90
MASERATI001MASERATI 1092 Style00 1 H9012
Go To Index
Page 502
MAZDA
Method - M1
Mazda MX3 1992 1996
MAZDA
Tool: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE
FIGURE)
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 1)
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into door. (SEE FIGURE 2)
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE
FIGURE 3)
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button. (SEE FIGURE 4)
7. Pull on toll in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 5)
Tool 35
MAZDA001MAZDA 974 Style00 2 R3501
Go To Index
Method - M1
Mazda 2 4 door 2011 2013
Page 503
MAZDA
Mazda 2 5 door Hatch 2011 2013
Instructions
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door handle.
6. Pull the door handlee with the tip of the tool
Tool 89
MAZDA
Pull the tool up on the inside of the

door
Use the Tip of the tool to pull the door

handle
Mazda002-M1MAZDA 1881 Style04 1 R3506
Pull the door handle
Go To Index
Method - M1
MAZDA
Page 504
Mazda 2 4 door 2011 2013
Mazda 2 5 door Hatch 2011 2013
MAZDA
Tool 78SG

room to insert the Air Jack
Insert the Air Jack
Inflate the Air jack to create room to

insert the Long Reach Tool
Use the tip of the tool to pull the door

handle
Mazda002-M2MAZDA 1882 Style05 1 Altohj
Go To Index
Method - M1
MAZDA
Page 505
Mazda 3 2004 2009

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE
FIGURE)
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE
FIGURE 3)
Tool 35
MAZDA

Alternate Altohj
Mazda 3

Go To Index
Page 506
Mazda 3 Hatchback 2010 2012
Method - M1
MAZDA
Mazda 3 Sedan 2010 2012

5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure
3).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass
MAZDA
Tool 65

Alternate Altohj
Mazda 3 Hatch

MAZDA004MAZDA 1662 Style04 1 r3511rd
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 507
MAZDA
Mazda 5 2006 2011

Tool 65
Mazda 5
Push button to unlock door
MAZDA

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Page 508
MAZDA
Mazda 5 2012 2013

MAZDA
Button
Tool 78SG
MAZDA006bMAZDA 1875 Style00 1 jack_but
Method - M1
Go To Index
Method - M1
MAZDA
Page 509
Mazda RX8 2004 2010

Tool 65
Mazda RX8
Hook Door Lock Button to Unlock.

MAZDA

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Page 510
Mazda 6 Wagon 2004 2008

Mazda 6 2003 2008
Method - M1
MAZDA
Mazda 6 Hatch Back 2004 2008

MAZDA
Tool 89

Alternate Altohj
Mazda 6

MAZDA008MAZDA 476 Style04 1 R3511RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 511
MAZDA
Mazda 626 1998 2002

Tool: CHECK MARK TOOL 66
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car as shown below.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered beneath first linkage, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear
of the door.
Note: Be careful not to loosen the molding around the window. If it does come loose, just pop it back into place.
Tool 66
MAZDA
MAZDA 626
Close Up: Move linkage to the REAR.
MAZDA009MAZDA 644 Style05 1 H6601BRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
MAZDA
Page 512
Mazda 929 1992 1995

Mazda MX6 1993 1997
Mazda RX7 1986 1992

4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook top linkage. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle to move the linkage towards the rear of the door.
Note: It is important to rock the tool towards the front to move linkage, as the linkage is very stiff.
MAZDA
Tool 23
Mazda 929
Close up: Move linkage to rear
MAZDA010MAZDA 646 Style05 1 H2313B
Go To Index
Method - M1
Mazda Miata 1990 2000
Page 513
MAZDA
Mazda MX5 Roadster
Tool: Horizontal Linkage- 23

3. Lower tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook bottom linkage. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle to move the linkage towards the rear of the door.
Tool 23
MAZDA
Mazda Miata

MAZDA011MAZDA 977 Style04 1 H2314F
Go To Index
Method - M1
MAZDA
Page 514
Mazda Millenia 4 Door 1995 2002

Tool: Reverse Hook Tool- 42
1. Separate glass from weather-strip on the passenger side door with a StripSaver and wedge.
3. Lower the tool into car door directly above door handle. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool handle slightly to access and door lock rod. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
MAZDA
Tool 42
Mazda Millenia
MAZDA014MAZDA 980 Style05 1 H4210BRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 515
MAZDA
Mazda MPV 1989 1999

NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will see
Tool 26
Front Passenger
Door
INSER TION
Mazda MPV
Tool in working position. View from

inside of car
MAZDA015MAZDA 662 Style04 1 V2601
Close-Up of door without inside panel
MAZDA

Alternate Alt47
Go To Index
Page 516
Mazda MPV 2000 2007
Method - M1
MAZDA
Mazda MPV LX 2002 2003

1. Separate glass from weather-strip in REAR SLIDING DOOR.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will
MAZDA
Tool 26
Mazda MPV

MAZDA016MAZDA 1146 Style04 1 V2606
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 517
MAZDA
Mazda MX-5 Miata 2006 2011

Mazda Mazda Speed 2005 2010
Mazda Miata 2001 2008

Mazda MX-5 Miata 2004 2005

3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in
front of the door lock handle.
5. Pull the door handle on the outside of the vehicle to unlock the door.
Tool 78SG
MAZDA
Mazda Miata
Insert glassman tool
Insert tool into cavity
Pull door lock button to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 518
Mazda Protg 1990 2001

Mazda 323 1990 1995
Mazda 626 1983 1992
Mazda 929 1988 1991
Mazda B series Pickup 2001 2010
Method - M2
MAZDA
Mazda B2000 / B2200 1990 2000
Mazda B2500 / B2600 1990 2001
Mazda B3000 1990 2001
Mazda B4000 1990 2001
Mazda GLC 1980 1990
MAZDA
Tool: S Tool - 47
1.Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver TM and insert a wedge between
Tool 47
MAZDA021-M1MAZDA 413 Style00 1 V4701
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 519
MAZDA
Mazda MX6 1988 1992

Mazda 626 1993 1997
Mazda B2000 / B2200 1990 2000
Mazda B2500 / B2600 1990 2001
Mazda B3000 1990 2001
Mazda B4000 1990 2001

Mazda Navajo 1991 1998
Mazda Protg 1990 2003
Mazda Protg 5 4 door 2002 2003
Mazda Protg Speed 2003 2005
TOOL: Double Tool - 26

2. Lower tool into door as show in diagram.
3. Insert tip of tool under door lock knob.
4. Lift up on door lock with tip of tool.
MAZDA
Tool 26
Mazda MX6
MAZDA021-M2MAZDA 975 Style03 1 V2601
Go To Index
Method - M1
MAZDA
Page 520
Mazda RX7 1993 1996

Tool: Small Hook - 22
3. Lower the tool 3 /4 of the way into car. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. Insert tip of tool behind plastic shield.
5. Push down on linkage connector.
Tool 22
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
MAZDA

Alternate glassman
Mazda RX7
In approximate working position
MAZDA024MAZDA 979 Style05 1 H2202
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 521
Mazda
Mazda 6 2009 2012

5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure
3).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass
Tool 65
Mazda 6
Use the rear door
Lower tool with the tip facing the front

of the vehicle.
Place wedge towards the front of the

rear door.
Position the tool over the button and

push to unlock the car.
MAZDA026MAZDA 1646 Style05 1 r3511rd
Mazda

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Page 522
Method - M1
MAZDA
Mazda Tribute 2001 2009

TOOL: 77 Tool
1.Loosen and remove the license plate s left side light directly above the license plate.
Tool 77
MAZDA

Alternate Altohj
Loosen Tail Light with Screw Driver
Insert Tool into Tail Light Cavity
Hook Latch with Tool and Move Up
Close up of Tool in Action. Move upwards to Move Lacth and Unlock
MAZDA027MAZDA 1226 Style06 1 H7703RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 523
MAZDA
Mazda CX-7 SUV 2007 2012

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE FIGURE)
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 3)
Tool 35
Mazda CX-7
MAZDA

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Page 524
Method - M1
MAZDA
Mazda CX-9 SUV 2007 2012

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE FIGURE)
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 3)
MAZDA
Tool 35

Alternate Altohj
Mazda CX-9

MAZDA028bMAZDA 771 Style04 1 R3501
Go To Index
Method - M1
Mercedes 190E Series 1984 1995
MERCEDES
Page 525
Mercedes G500
Tool: S Tool - 47
1.Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the
Strip Saver and the window.
MERCEDES001MERCEDES 981 Style02 1 V4708
MERCEDES
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 526
MERCEDES
Method - M1
Mercedes 300CE 1990 1995
MERCEDES
Tool: Long End of Double-Sided Tool - 26

2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. Keep tool parallel to door lock lever.
3. Lower the tool into door while tilting tool as shown in diagram ( SEE FIG. FOR POSITION ).
4. Tip of tool must enter hole in door frame.
5. Pull up on tool to lift door lock knob and open door.
Tool 26
Go To Index
Method - M1
MERCEDES
Page 527
Mercedes 420SEL 1990 1996

2. Lower the tool into the door, using inside door handle of rear door as a guide (SEE FIGURE BELOW)
Note: The tip of the tool must go into the hole in the doorframe.
3. Lift up and hook bell crank (SEE FIGURE BELOW)
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock lever inside of the car. When you contact the correct bell
crank you will see the door lock lever move.
NOTE : Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
Mercedes 420 SEL

MERCEDES003MERCEDES 982 Style02 1 H8801RD
MERCEDES
Tool 88-45
Go To Index
Page 528
Mercedes 260E 1980 1988

Mercedes 300E 1980 1988
Method - M1
MERCEDES
Mercedes 300TE 1980 1988
Mercedes 450SL 1977
Tool: Double-Sided Tool - 26

Use REAR door and SHORT END of tool
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. Keep tool parallel to door lock lever.
3. Lower the tool into door while turning tool so hand of tool points away from car.
4. Tip of tool must enter hole in doorframe.
5. Hook bell crank with tip of tool. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
NOTE: Watch door lock lever. When you have hooked correct bell crank, you will see the door lock button move.
MERCEDES
Tool 26
Mercedes 450SL

MERCEDES004MERCEDES 561 Style04 1 H2603RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 529
MERCEDES
Mercedes C230 Coupe 2002 2005

Mercedes C280 2003 2007
Mercedes C320 Sedan & Wagon 2000 2007

Mercedes C32AMG Sedan 2002 2007
Tool: Strip Tool - 57

1. Insert Strip Saver in between door and window frame at the very front of the car 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool
between the Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM)
3. Very carefully walk the Strip t ool around the door frame to the back of the door. (You may use a wedge to gain
extra working room)
4. Maneuver Strip Tool to hook door lock knob.
Tool 57
MERCEDES
MERCEDES C320
Insert Tool in Door Corner. Wire Stays

on Top
Hook Lock Button Using Tool and Wire
Lift to Unlock.
Go To Index
Method - M1
MERCEDES
Page 530
Mercedes CLK 350 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2012

Mercedes 300SL 1990 1995
Mercedes 500S 2003 2008
Mercedes CL-500 Coupe 2000 2012
Mercedes CL55 AMG Coupe 2001 2002
Mercedes CL600 Coupe 2001 2003
Mercedes CLK 250 2006 2012
Mercedes CLK 320 coupe & convertible 1998 2005

Mercedes CLK 430 coupe & convertible 1998 2004
Mercedes CLK 500 2005 2012
Mercedes CLK Series Coupe & Convertible 1998 2012
Mercedes SL Convertible 2003 2010
Mercedes SLK 280 2003 2010
Mercedes SLK 350 2005 2007
Mercedes SLK Class 2003 2010
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL WITH CLASSMAN - 78SG

1 Insert the Classman wedge between the window and the vehicle
2. Insert the tool through the gap in the center opf the Glassman wedge passing the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle or door lock button.
4. Pull back on the door handle or button to unlock the vehicle.
Use of Glasman system is recommended!
Tool 78SG
MERCEDES
Tool
Handle
Direction
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Mercedes CLK 320
PASSENGER
DOOR
Pull handle back to open door
MERCEDES010MERCEDES 393 Style05 1 R5004
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 531
MERCEDES
Mercedes E-Class 1996 2003

Mercedes E320 Sedan & Wagon 1996 2009
Mercedes E350 Sedan 2006 2009
Mercedes E350 Wagon 2006 2009
Mercedes E430 Sedan 1996 2009

Mercedes E55AMG Sport Sedan 1996 2009
Mercedes GL450 2006 2010
Mercedes ML350 2004 2007

3. Very carefully walk the Strip tool around the door frame to the back of the door. (You may use a wedge to gain
extra working room)
Tool 57
MERCEDES
Mercedes 320E
Insert Strip Savers
Insert Strip Tool
Pull lock button open
Go To Index
Page 532

Mercedes ML430 All
Method - M1
MERCEDES
Tool: S Tool - 47
and the window.
MERCEDES
Tool 47
MERCEDES ML 320

Go To Index
Method - M1
MERCEDES
Mercedes 300E 1989 1994

Mercedes C-Series 4 door 1994 2002
Mercedes C230 Coupe 2002 2005
Mercedes C280 2004 2007
Page 533
Mercedes C320 Sedan & Wagon 2000 2007

Mercedes C32AMG Sedan 2002 2007
Mercedes S-Class 1994 2009

2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION
DIAGRAM)
SPECIAL NOTE: You should only attempt to unlock this vehicle in an absolute emergency, the window
mechanism can be damaged very easily.
NOTE : This vehicle is equipped with driver and passenger side door airbags. This tool works from the outside of the car, and will not disturb the airbag. While we design our openings to avoid disruption of the airbag, we recommend that all locksmiths inform customers of potential airbag damage and secure a release
of l iability and strongly urge the car owner to have the airbag inspected for damage following the opening.
MERCEDES
Tool 57
Go To Index
Method - M1
MERCEDES
Page 534
Mercedes SL 500 coupe & convertible 1999 2010

Mercedes SL 600 coupe & convertible 1999 2010
Mercedes SL Class coupe & convertible 1999 2010

Use of Glass Saver system is recommended!
Tool
Tool 78SG
Handle
Direction
Tool
MERCEDES
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Mercedes SLK 230
PASSENGER
DOOR
Veiw from inside the car
Pull handle back to open door
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 535
MERCEDES
Mercedes GL 2006 2012

2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM).
NOTE : All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechani sm which engages when the
door is locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key it, is impossible to open with car opening tools. In
the event of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N. number. If the car is locked by any o ther
method, use these opening methods.
NOTE : Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key
Tool 57
MERCEDES
Mercedes GL
Insert jack tool. Use Rear Door
Insert and inflate air wedge
Insert strip tool into door cavity
Manuever strip tool into position
Hook door lock button and lift to unlock
Go To Index
Method - M1
MERCEDES
Page 536
Mercedes G Class 2005 2012

Tool: 115 Tool
1. Insert strip saver and wedge into door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower tool into door.
3.Turn tool handle away from door.
4.Lift tool to engage lock latch and unlock door.
Tool 115
MERCEDES
Use
20o
Tip
Mercedes G Class
Lift lock latch to unlock door
Go To Index
Method - M1
MERCEDES
Page 537
Mercedes C Class 4 door 2008 2012

Tool RCBM Remote control Button Master
1) Use the Air wedge to make working room do not use a jack tool
2) Insert the RCBM tool into the car
3) loop the door lock button
4) Pull up on the knob on the tool to grasp the button and unlock the car
MERCEDES
Tool RCBM
MERCEDES028MERCEDES 1598 Style00 1 RCBM
Go To Index
Method - M1
MERCEDES
Page 538
Mercedes E 350 Coupe 2011 2014

1) Use the Starter Air jack to make working room do not use a jack tool
2) Insert the regular air Jack
MERCEDES
Tool RCBM
Use the Air Jack to make room for a

Button Tool
Insert the starter Air Jack to mak working room
Insert the second regular air jack
Insert the RCBM tool to hook the lock

button
Tighten the loop with the remote

control handle
Lift the door lock button
MERCEDES028b-M1MERCEDES 1886 Style06 1 startv
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 539
MERCEDES
Mercedes E350 Coupe 2011 2014

3. Very carefully walk the Strip t ool around the door frame to the back of the door. (You may use a wedge to gain
extra working room)
4. Manuever Strip Tool to hook door lock knob.
Tool 57
MERCEDES
MERCEDES C320
Insert Tool in Door Corner
Push the tool so it enter the vehicle
Twist the tool by pushing only one

strap at a time
Hook the door lock button
Pull while lifting to unlock
MERCEDES028b-M2MERCEDES 1887 Style06 1 V5701
Go To Index
Page 540
Mercedes
Mercedes GLK SUV 2010 2012
Mercedes

1) Use the Air wedge to make working room do not use a jack tool
Tool RCBM
MERCEDES029MERCEDES 1769 Style00 1 RCBM
Method - M1
Go To Index
Method - M2
Mercedes
Page 541
Mercedes GLK SUV 2010 2012

Mercedes
Tool 78sg
MERCEDES029bMERCEDES 1647 Style00 1 Startmulti
Go To Index
Method - M1
MERCEDES
Page 542
Mercedes E Class Convertible 2010 2012
Mercedes E Class Coupe 2010 2012

Use of Glass Saver system is recommended!
Tool
MERCEDES
Handle
Direction
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool 78SG
Go To Index
Method - M1
MERCEDES
Page 543
Mercedes E Class 2010 2012

1. Insert Strip Saver in between door and window frame at the very front of the car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR
POSITION).
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between the Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION
DIAGRAM)
3. Very carefully walk the Strip tool around the door frame to the back of the door. (You may use a wedge
to gain extra working room)
4. Manuever Strip Tool to hook door lock knob.
NOTE: This vehicle is equipped with driver and passenger side do or airbags. This tool works from the
outside of the car, and will not disturb the airbag. While we design our openings to avoid disruption of
the airbag, we recommend that all locksmiths inform customers of potential airbag damage and secure a
release of liability and strongly urge the car owner to have the airbag inspected for damage following the
opening.
MERCEDES
Tool 57
Go To Index
Page 544
Method - M1
MINI
Mini Clubman Long body 2008 2012

Mini Cooper
Mini Cooper Convertible 2008 2012

Mini Cooper Convertible Convertible 2009 2012

1 Insert the Glassman tool in-between the Glass and the weather-striping on the Drivers door
2) insert the long reach tool in-between the two layers of protective material on the Glassman tool
3) Pull on the door lock handle twice with the tip of the long reach tool to unlock the door
Tool
Tool 78SG
Handle
Direction
Tool
MINI
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Mini Cooper
Drivers Door
DOOR
View from inside vehicle

MINI002MINI 1279 Style06 1 R5004DD
Go To Index
Method - M1
MINI
Page 545
Mini Countryman 4 door 2011 2013

7 Pull the outside Handle to open the door
MINI
Tool 78SG
MINI005MINI 1884 Style00 1 Starthand
Go To Index
Page 546
Mitsubishi 3000 GT 1991 1999
Method - M1
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi 3000 GT Spyder Convertible 1991 1999

2. Point tip of tool toward front of car.
4. Rest the tip of the tool on the linkage closest to the outside of the door.
5. Rotate the tool to bind and move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle (SEE ENLARGEMENT DIAGRAM).
MITSUBISHI
Tool 91L
Mitsubishi 3000GT
Rotate tool to bind the lock linkage and

move the linkage towards the front of
the vehicle.
MITSUBISHI001MITSUBISHI 984 Style04 1 H9104F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 547
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Galant 1987 1993

Mitsubishi Diamante 1992 1996
Mitsubishi Diamante Wagon 1993 1996

Mitsubishi Mirage 2 Door Coupe 1989 1992
Mitsubishi Mirage 4 Door Sedan 1989 1996
Tool: Large side of double tool 26.

1. Separate glass from weather-s trip.
Tool 26
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Galant

MITSUBISHI002MITSUBISHI 918 Style04 1 V2601
Go To Index
Page 548
Method - M1
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Eclipse 1990 1994

4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
the door.
MITSUBISHI
Tool 23
close up of tool in action

MITSUBISHI005MITSUBISHI 988 Style04 1 H2317B
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 549
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Starion 1983 1989
Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23

3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
of the car.
Tool 23
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Eclipse
Close up- move linkage to front
Go To Index
Method - M1
MITSUBISHI
Page 550
Mitsubishi Endeavor 2004 2008
Mitsubishi Endeavor 2010 2012

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lo ck button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
MITSUBISHI
Tool 65

Alternate altohj
Mitsubishi Endeavor

MITSUBISHI009MITSUBISHI 1376 Style05 1 R3511RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 551
MITSUBISHI

3. Lower tool into care (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
5. Watch the door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. Once the correct linkage is bound, you will see the button move.
6. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards the rear of the car as to move the linkage towards the
front of the car.
Tool 23
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Galant
Tool in Insertion position.
Inside door panel.
Close Up
Go To Index
Page 552
Method - M1
MITSUBISHI

3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle so as to move the linkage towards the
front of the car.
MITSUBISHI
Tool 23
Mitsubishi Diamante
Turn tool to move linkage towards front

of car
MITSUBISHI012xMITSUBISHI 987 Style04 1 H2316F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 553
MITSUBISHI

Rear
Door
Tool 89
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Galant

MITSUBISHI013MITSUBISHI 1375 Style04 1 R8901RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
MITSUBISHI
Page 554
Mitsubishi Evolution 2004 2007

Mitsubishi Lancer 4 door 2002 2006
Mitsubishi Ralliart Sedan 2004 2005

1. Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
5. Turn handle to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle .
MITSUBISHI
Tool 66
MITSUBISHI LANCER

MITSUBISHI014MITSUBISHI 259 Style04 1 h6602frd
Go To Index
Method - M1
MITSUBISHI
Page 555
Mitsubishi Mirage 1985 1988

TOOL: SLIM JIM
2. Use front door.
3. Move the lock pawl with tip of the Slim Jim.
NOTE: Watch door lock button.
MITSUBISHI
Tool SJ
MITSUBISHI015MITSUBISHI 921 Style00 1 HSJ01
Go To Index
Method - M1
MITSUBISHI
Page 556
Mitsubishi Mirage 2 door 1993 1996
Mitsubishi Mirage 3 Door Hatch 1989 1996
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL -23

3. Lower the tool into car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION)
4. Bind the linkage by twisting the tool (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rock the tool towards the front of the car in order to move the linkage forward.
Note: Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have found the linkage, you will see the lock
button move.
MITSUBISHI
Tool 23
Close Up- move linkage to front

Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 557
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Mirage 2 door 1997 2002
Mitsubishi Mirage Sedan 4 door 1997 2002

of the car.
Tool 23
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Mirage
Grab lower lock linkage with hook on

the end of the tool
Turn tool to move linkage towards front

of car
Go To Index
Page 558
Mitsubishi Expo 1993 1994
Method - M1
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Montero 1989 2000
MITSUBISHI
TOOL: LARGE SIDE OF DOUBLE TOOL 26

2.Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3.Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
Tool 26
Montero LS
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 559
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Montero 2001 2007

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 91s
1. Insert Strip Saver and Weather Strip in rear passenger side door to create opening for tool.
2.With tip of tool facing the front of the vehicle, lower tool into the door (see diagram for position)
4.Turn handle towards rear of vehicle to move linkage to front and unlock the door.
Tool 91S
Linkage
MITSUBISHI
MITSUBISHI MONTERO
MITSUBISHI021MITSUBISHI 1188 Style05 1 H9194FRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
MITSUBISHI
Page 560
Mitsubishi Montero Sport 1997 2004

Tool - Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather - strip.
4. Rotate tool to bind the linkage.
5. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves toward the front of the car.
MITSUBISHI
Tool 23
Mitsubishi Montero Sport
Close up of inside door without panel
Move linkage to front of vehicle
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 561
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Outlander 2003 2006

1. Insert Strip Saver and Weather Strip in rear passenger side door to create opening for tool.
2.With tip of tool facing the front of the vehicle, lower tool into the door (see diagram for position)
4.Turn handle towards rear of vehicle to move linkage to front and unlock the door.
Tool 23
Linkage
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Outlander
MITSUBISHI023MITSUBISHI 1280 Style05 1 h2394FRD
Go To Index
Page 562
Method - M1
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Precis 1990 1993

Tool: DOUBLE HOOK TOOL - 26
2. Use front door.
4. Insert tool into door. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
5. Hook the bottom of the lock button and lift.
Note: Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct rod, you will see the door lock button move.
MITSUBISHI
Tool 26
Front Passenger
Door
INSER TION

Alternate Alt47
Mitsubishi Precis
Pull up
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 563
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Raider 2006 2009

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Raider
Hook lock rod and lift to unlock
Go To Index
MITSUBISHI
Page 564
Mitsubishi Mighty Max All

Mitsubishi Pickup
Method - M1
Mitsubishi Van Upto 1990
MITSUBISHI
Tool: Large side of double tool 26

Tool 26
Mitsubishi Van
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 565
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Eclipse Spyder Convertible 2007 2012


Mitsubishi Eclipse Spyder Convertible 2003 2005

Tool 78SG
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Eclipse Spyder
Insert glass wedge in window
Push tip of tool on lock button to

unlock
Insert long reach tool into glass wedge
Closeup of tool tip unlocking door
MITSUBISHI028MITSUBISHI 613 Style05 1 R5007
Go To Index
Method - M1
MITSUBISHI
Page 566
Mitsubishi Lancer 2007 2012
Mitsubishi Lancer Sport Back 2007 2012

MITSUBISHI
Tool 89

Alternate Altohj
Mitsubishi Lancer
MITSUBISHI029MITSUBISHI 614 Style05 1 R8901FD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 567
MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Outlander 2007 2012

Tool 89
Mitsubishi Outlander

MITSUBISHI029xMITSUBISHI 61 Style04 1 R8901FD
MITSUBISHI

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Page 568
MITSUBISHI
Method - M1
Mitsubishi IMIEV 2012 2013
MITSUBISHI
Tool 78SG
MITSUBISHI030xxMITSUBISHI 1885 Style00 1 Startmulti
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 569
MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS
Mitsubishi HT Fuso FE Old Style All

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Wedge
Tool
Direction
Direction
MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS 1496 Style02 1 V4718HT
Tool 47
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 570
Mitsubishi HT Fuso FE Old Style All

Tool: 105
1.Insert the tool into the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool with the tip facing the rear INSIDE of the door.
3.Hook the door lock rod where it connects to the door latch mechanism.
Wedge
Tool 105
Tool
Direction
Direction
Tool in the insertion position.
Tool in working position. Hook lock linkage and

lift to unlock.
MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS 944 Style02 1 V10506HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 571
Mitsubishi HT Fuso FE New Style All

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Wedge
Tool
Direction
Direction
Mitsubishi Fuso
Tool in working position. Hook the lock

rod with the tip and lift to unlock.
MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS002MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS 945 Style03 1 V4719HT
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 572
Method - M1
NISSAN
Nissan 200SX 1987 1995

TOOL: S Tool - 47
NISSAN
Tool 47
Tool
Nissan 200 SX

NISSAN001NISSAN 1347 Style04 1 V4710
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 573
NISSAN
Nissan 200SX 2 door 1996 1998

3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Rotate tool so handle points away from the vehicle.
5. Lift up on tool and hook linkage (note: you are reaching behind the shield).
6. Twist tool so handle points towards the front of the vehicle in order to bind the linkage.
7. Rock tool so that the linkage moves towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: In order to remove the tool, first lift tool completely off the linkage, rock tool so tip moves towards inside of
door panel, lower tool, rotate it and lift up.
Tool 42
NISSAN
NISSAN 200SX
Twist tool in order to bind lock linkage
Twist tool to move linkage towards

front of vehicle
NISSAN002NISSAN 996 Style06 1 H4205
Go To Index
Page 574
Method - M1
NISSAN
Nissan 240SX 1989 1994

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Tool
NISSAN
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
ENLARGEMENT


Alternate AltGM
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 575
NISSAN
Nissan 300ZX 1983 1989

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Tool

Alternate AltGM
ENLARGEMENT
Nissan 300ZX
Close up of tool on lock linkage
NISSAN
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Go To Index
Nissan 350 Z
Nissan 240SX
Nissan 300ZX
Nissan 350 Z
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 576
2003 2005
1995 1998
1990 1996
2006 2008
Nissan 350 Z Roadster 2004 2009

Nissan GTR 2009 2012
Nissan NX 2 Door 1991 1994
Nissan Pulsar All

4. With the tip of the tool Unlock the door.
This opening is provided for use in extreme emergencies only, and is not recommended under for use under normal
circumstances.
Tool 78SG
NISSAN
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Nissan 350 Z
Insert Super Wedge/Glassman and

Tool
Push Door Luck Button
NISSAN007NISSAN 1343 Style06 1 glassman
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 577
Nissan Altima 1993 1997

2. Insert tool with tip about 4 from rear door frame (point tip towards rear of vehicle).
3. Lower tool under linkage (approx. 5 down).
6. Move linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door
lock button move.
Tool 42
NISSAN ALTIMA
NISSAN008-M1NISSAN 998 Style04 1 H4213F
NISSAN

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 578

Tool : Triple Hook Tool - 86
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR.
2. Insert tool with tip (the side of the tool with a 90 0 bend) pointing towards rear of vehicle (see illustration for position).
6. Pull tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
REAR
DOOR
Tool 86
Wedge
Wed
Linkage
Linkage
NISSAN
Move to Front
REAR
DOOR
Nissan Altima
Move
to Front
H8614FRD.eps
Close up of tool
NISSAN009NISSAN 1124 Style05 1 H8614FRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 579
NISSAN
Nissan Maxima 2004 2008

Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the
Tool 35
NISSAN ALTIMA
Inside view for tool in working position

NISSAN010NISSAN 1105 Style04 1 R3511RD
NISSAN

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 580

Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of
NISSAN
Tool 35
Nissan Altima
NISSAN010bNISSAN 62 Style05 1 R3511RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 581
NISSAN

Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of
Tool 35
NISSAN
Nissan Altima
Move the tool into position inside the

vehicle
Bring tool up on the inside the vehicle
NISSAN010cNISSAN 1888 Style05 1 R3502
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 582
Nissan Armada 2004 2012

Nissan Pathfinder Armada 2004 2012
Nissan Titan 2004 2012
Tool: 74
2. With the tip of the tool facing the front of the car, lower tool into door at the very front of the Drivers door.
emerges from under the glass and inside of the car. Note : it may be difficult to lift the tool up into the vehicle. Gently
probe to find the gap between the glass and the inside door panel.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, maneuver the tool to push down on the electric door lock button and
unlock the door. Driver s door only
NISSAN
Tool 74

Alternate Altohj
Nissan Armada

Go To Index
Method - M2
Nissan Armada 2004 2012
Page 583
NISSAN
Nissan Pathfinder Armada 2004 2012
TOOL: 77 Tool
1. Loosen and remove the license plate s left side light directly above the license plate.
Tool 77
NISSAN
Nissan Armada
Tool in Insertion Position. Lift Rear

Door Handle Hatch to Insert Tool.
Closeup of Tool Insertion Point.
View from Inside Rear Door. Position

Tool to Hook Latch.
Hook Latch with Tool. Lift to Unlock.
NISSAN011-M2NISSAN 1506 Style06 1 H7703RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 584
Nissan Frontier 1998 2004
Nissan Pickup 1998 2004

1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door at the position shown in the diagram.
Note Do not lower the tool far into the door, as the linkage is very high.
3.Lift tool to hook and bind linkage.
4.Turn tool handle towards rear of vehicle to move linkage forward and unlock the door.
Tool 86
NISSAN
H8611.eps

Alternate Alt35
NISSAN FRONTIER
NISSAN012-M1NISSAN 71 Style05 1 H8611
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 585
NISSAN


The door lock will relock automatically, so you must open the door immediately after unlocking it.
Tool 35
NISSAN
NISSAN FRONTIER
Tool inside vehicle
View from inside of vehicle
NISSAN012-M2NISSAN 1135 Style05 1 R3503
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 586
Nissan Frontier Crew Cab 2001 2004
Nissan Open Sky 2003 2004
TOOL: S Tool- 47
1.Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into passenger side door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower tool into door directly above the door handle.
3.Lower the tool approximately half way into the door.
4.Twist tool to hook lock linkage below the bell crank (See Diagram and Photos).
5.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock the door.
NISSAN
Tool 47
NISSAN FRONTIER CREW CAB
Hook Linkage and Pull up to Engage

Bell Crank
NISSAN014NISSAN 1199 Style05 1 H4709RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN

Nissan Sentra 1987 1990
Page 587
Nissan Stanza 1982 1998
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver TM and insert a wedge between
NISSAN
Tool 47

Alternate Alt26
Go To Index
Page 588
Method - M1
NISSAN

1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Hook and bind lock linkage directly under doorknob.
3. Rock tool towards front of car to move linkage forward.
NISSAN
Tool 42

Alternate Alt35
NISSAN MAXIMA
Close up of tool
NISSAN017NISSAN 649 Style04 1 H4212F
Close up of inside door without panel
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 589
NISSAN

1. Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
5. Turn handle to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
Tool 66
NISSAN MAXIMA 2000
NISSAN

Alternate Alt26
Go To Index
Page 590
Method - M1
NISSAN
Nissan Murano 2003 2008

Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the
NISSAN
Tool 65

Alternate Altohj
Nissan Murano

Go To Index
Method - M1
Nissan Axxess 1990 1992

Nissan Pathfinder 1982 1995
Page 591
NISSAN
Nissan Truck 1985 1997
Tool : Large side of double tool - 26

Note: you should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.
Tool 26
NISSAN
NISSAN PICKUP TRUCK
Close up of Door without Inside Panel

Door without Inside Panel
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 592

1.Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into REAR passenger door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door. Do not lower tool deep into the door (See
diagram and photos for position).
Tool 86
NISSAN
H8616FRD.eps

Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 593

Tool 89
Nissan Pathfinder
Tool in Working Position on Inside of

the Car.
View from Inside the Car.
Hit Door Lock Button to Unlock the

Car.
Closeup of Tool in Action.
NISSAN023NISSAN 1444 Style06 1 R3512
NISSAN

Alternate AltOHJ
Go To Index
Page 594
Method - M1
NISSAN
Nissan Quest van 1993 2002

TOOL: S Tool- 47
1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into passenger side door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower tool into door directly above the door handle.
3.Lower the tool approximately half way into the door.
4.Twist tool to hook lock linkage below the bell crank (See Diagram and Photos).
5.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock the door.
NISSAN
Tool 47
ENLARGEMENT
NISSAN QUEST

Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 595
NISSAN

Tool : Inside Access Tool 35
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger rear door.
3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage at the very front of the rear door
4. Rotate tool so the tip of the tool contacts the door lock button.
5. Move the door lock button in order to unlock the vehicle.
Tool 35
NISSAN
Nissan Quest
Lower tool into the door.
Lift working end of tool inside the

vehicle.
Maneuver the tool to reach the door

lock button.
Hook the door lock button to unlock

the door.
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 596

Tool 126
1) Use the rear passenger sliding door for this opening.
2) measure about for inches from the pillar post the tool can be used as a guide.
3) mark that spot so you can lower the tool into the door at that position
4) turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside of the vehicle.
5) the tool should be resting on the weather striping.
6: the hole you must find is directly behind the door lock button ion the inside.
7) the tip of the tool must be poked through thin plastic sheet (paper thin)
8) push the tip of the tool in while moving the tip to the rear
9) The tip must move the plastic lever in the door towards the rear which in turn will lift the door lock button
Tool 126
Poke tool through
plastic sheet
INSIDE VIEW
NISSAN
PUSH
Nissan Quest
Use the tool to get an approximately

insertion point about 4 from post
Insert the tool at the sliding passenger

rear door
Lower the tool into the door turning the

tip towards the inside
the tip of the tool must poke through

plastic liner in the door to move lever
forward
Note the position of the tool, the tool

must move the plastic lever forward
NISSAN026B-M1NISSAN 1894 Style06 1 Quest_1
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 597
NISSAN

Instructions
5.Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button.
6 Push the door lock Button Forward to Unlock the door
Tool 78SG
Button
NISSAN
Nissan Quest
Use thejack tool
Insert the air jack
Inflate the air Jack
Move the button to unlock
NISSAN026B-M2NISSAN 1895 Style06 1 jack_but
Go To Index
Page 598
Method - M1
NISSAN
Nissan NV Linup 2012 - 2013
NISSAN
Instructions
Button
Tool 78SG
NISSAN027NISSAN 1893 Style00 1 startbut
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 599
NISSAN


Nissan Sentra SE-R 2004 2006
Tool : Inside Access Tool 35

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger rear door.
3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage at the very front of the rear door
4. Rotate tool so the tip of the tool contacts the door lock button.
5. Move the door lock button in order to unlock the vehicle.
Tool 35
NISSAN
Nissan Sentra
Lower tool into door
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 600
Nissan Xterra 2005 2012
Nissan Xterra 2000 2004
NISSAN

figure 1).
Tool 89

Alternate startmulti
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 601
Nissan Juke 2011 2012

NISSAN
Tool 78
NISSAN033NISSAN 1889 Style00 1 startmulti
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 602

Note:To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the
NISSAN
Tool 65

Alternate Altohj
Nissan Sentra
Go To Index
Method - M1
Nissan Versa 4 door 2007 2011
NISSAN
Page 603
Nissan Versa 5 door Hatch 2007 2012
Tool: 35 Under Window Tool

1. Insert strip saver and wedge between glass and weather-striping
2.Insert tool into the front door
3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door(see figure2).
4.Lower tool (see figure 3).
5.Slide tool in the door
6.Rotate the tool into the door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass
7.Raise the tool until the portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in
front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
8.Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the moving of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
Tool 35
Nissan Versa

NISSAN

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Page 604
NISSAN
Method - M1
Nissan Versa 4 door 2012 2013
NISSAN
Tool 35
NISSAN035BNISSAN 1890 Style00 1 startmulti
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 605
Nissan Rogue 2008 2012

Insert the air Wedge
NISSAN038NISSAN 578 Style03 1 jacktool
NISSAN
Tool 78SG
Go To Index
Page 606
Method - M1
NISSAN
Nissan 370 Z 2009 2012
NISSAN

vehicle
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to
unlock the vehicle
NOTE: Due to the size of the window, this opening may be difficult to perform.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 78SG
NISSAN039NISSAN 1648 Style00 1 glassman
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 607
Nissan
Nissan Cube 2009 2013

Instructions
Tool 78SG
Button
Nissan
Nissan Cube
Use the stater wedge to make working

room
Insert the regular Air jack
Push the door lock button to unlock the

vehicle
NISSAN040NISSAN 1620 Style05 1 Startbut
Go To Index
Page 608
Method - M1
NISSAN
Nissan Murano 2009 2012

6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button
7. Twist the tool to pull the lock back and unlock the vehicle.
NISSAN
Tool 65

Alternate Altohj
Nissan Murano
Bring the tool into the inside of the
move the door lock button
close up
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 609
NISSAN
Nissan Murano Cabriolet 2011 2012

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 78SG
NISSAN041BNISSAN 1892 Style00 1 Glassman
NISSAN
Tool
Go To Index
Page 610
Method - M1
NISSAN

6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button
7. Twist the tool to pull the lock back and unlock the vehicle.
NISSAN
Tool 65

Alternate Altohj
Maxima
Use the rear door
Insert with the tip facing the front
Lift tool and bring V tip on the inside of

the vehicle
Position tool onto the button
Twist tool to unlock the vehicle
Go To Index
Method - M1
NISSAN
Page 611
Nissan Leaf 4 door 2011 2012

NISSAN
Tool 78SG
NISSAN043NISSAN 1745 Style00 1 startmulti
Go To Index
Method - M1
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 612
Peterbilt 387 All
Peterbilt 270 Day Cab Over All
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Wedge
Tool 47
Tool
Linkage
Pull
Up
Pull Up
Peterbilt 387
Insert tool at rear of passenger door
Hook door linkage w/ tip of tool and lift

tool to unlock door
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS002PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS 1500 Style03 1 V4717HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 613
Peterbilt Day Cab Over All

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Wedge
Tool
Direction
Direction
Peterbilt Day Cab Over
Hook door linkage w/ tip of tool and lift

tool to unlock door
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS002xPETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS 1498 Style03 1 V4719HT
Tool 47
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 614
Peterbilt 389 All

Tool 26
Wedge
Pull
Up
Pull
Up
Tool
Linkage
Peterbilt 389
Lower tool into door w/ tip under door

lock button. Lift tool to unlock door
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS003PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS 1497 Style04 1 V2616HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 615
Peterbilt All Other Models All

Tool 26
Wedge
Pull
Up
Tool
Linkage
Alternate Alt103-04
Peterbilt 378
Lower tool into door under door lock

button lift tool to unlock door
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS003xPETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS 1501 Style03 1 V2616HT
Pull
Up
Go To Index
PEUGEOT
Page 616
Method - M1
Peugeot All All
PEUGEOT
Tool: DOUBLE BEND TOOL - 88

3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG.FOR POSITION)
4. Hook lock lever with tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock lever inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct
lever inside the door, you will see the door lock button move.
V8804.eps
Tool 88-20
PEUGEOT001PEUGEOT 1530 Style00 1 V8804
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 617
PORSCHE
Porsche Boxter All

Porsche 911 1987 2005
Porsche ALL OTHERS

1.Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
Use of the Glass Master wedge system is recommended.
Tool 78SG
Tool
Handle
Direction
Tool
Porsche Boxter
PASSENGER
DOOR
Insert protective sleeve
Manuever tool to unlock door
PORSCHE
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Insert glassmaster and tool
Hook door lock handle with end of tool
PORSCHE005PORSCHE 1002 Style05 1 R5004
Go To Index
Method - M1
PORSCHE
Page 618
Porsche 928 Coupe All
Porsche Cayenne 2003 2012
Tool- 78SG Use the one hand jack and the Regular Air jack
1. Use the jack tool to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
3. Remove the Jack Tool
Tool 78SG
PORSCHE
Pull Handle
Porsche Cayenne
Insert Strip Saver on Top Side of Door.
Insert One Hand Jack Into Door

Through Strip Saver.
Use Air Jack Wedge to Create a Cavity

in the Door.
Tool in Working Position. Insert on Top

of Door to Position Working end.
Hook Door Handle to Unlock.
PORSCHE006PORSCHE 266 Style06 1 RLJ04
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 619
PORSCHE
Porsche Panamera 2010 2012

Use of The Glass Master Wedge System is Recommended!
Tool 78sg
PORSCHE
Panamera
Insert the air jack
Insert the
Use the twin Air Jack to assure even

distribution for opening
Hook the door handle
pull the door handle to unlock the door
PORSCHE007PORSCHE 1704 Style06 1 jackhand
Go To Index
Page 620
Method - M1
PORSCHE
Porsche 911 Carrera 2006 2012

Porsche 911 1980 1986
Porsche 911 Carrera S 2006 2012

Porsche 944 1987 1992

1.Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2.Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
Use of the Glass Master wedge system is recommended.
Tool 78SG
Tool
Handle
Direction
Tool
PORSCHE
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
PASSENGER
DOOR
Porsche Carerra
Insert protector
Insert glassman tool
Insert tool into cavity created by glassman
Hook door lock button to unlock door
PORSCHE008PORSCHE 667 Style06 1 R5004
Go To Index
Method - M1
ROLLS ROYCE
Page 621
Rolls Royce Corniche All

1. Separate glass from the weather-stripping using a wedge (use care).
2. Insert the tool with tip of tool pointing towards the rear of the car.
3. Hook lock linkage behind rear inner door handle (there are two inner door handles, front and rear).
4. Move the lock rod towards the front of the car.
NOTE: Watch the rear door handle inside of the car for movement. When you contact the proper rod, you
will see the rear door lock handle move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo
ROLLS ROYCE
h8804
Tool 88-20
ROLLS ROYCE001ROLLS ROYCE 1003 Style00 1 H8804
Go To Index
Page 622
Method - M2
SAAB
Saab 9000 1986 1999

Saab 900 Upto 1993
Saab 9000 1986 1999
Tool: SMALL HOOK TOOL 22

4. Hook Bell Crank with end of tool.
5. Lift straight up on tool in order to raise the lock button.
SAAB
Tool 22
Saab 9000
View From Inside The Door
Hook Bell Crank and lift to unlock door
Hook bell crank and lift
SAAB002SAAB 1005 Style06 1 H2207
Go To Index
Method - M1
Saab 92 2005 2006
Page 623
SAAB
Saab 92X 2005 2006
Tool: - 77
1.Separate glass from weather-strip of the passenger side front door with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point appropriate tool end towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door directly above the
door handle (See photo 2 and 3).
3. Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access lock linkage.
4. Hook and bind lower lock linkage with tool.
5. Move tool downward to push linkage down and unlock the door.
Saab 92X
SAAB003SAAB 1383 Style03 1 H7711
SAAB
Tool 77
Go To Index
Method - M2
SAAB
Page 624
Saab 900 1994 & up

Saab 9-3 1999 2002
Saab 9-3 Convertible 1999 2002
Saab 9-3
Saab 9-5
Saab 9-5
Saab 900
1999 2002
1999 2001
1999 2001
1994 & up

1. Separate glass from weather-strip with wedge.
NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car for movement.
SAAB
Tool 26

Alternate Alt26
Saab 93
Close Up
SAAB005SAAB 532 Style05 1 V2601
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 625
SAAB
Saab 9-3 2003 2012

Saab 9-3 Sport 2007 2011
Saab 9-5 2002 2010

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
SAAB
Saab 93
Go To Index
Method - M1
SAAB
Page 626
Saab 9-7X 2005 2010

1. Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side door.
Wedge
Tool 23
Tool
Linkage
SAAB
Move to front
Move to front
PASSENGER DOOR
Saab 97x
Close up of tool on lock linkage
SAAB008SAAB 686 Style05 1 H2382F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 627
SAAB
Saab 9-5 2010 2012

Instructions
Tool:125 Tool
Tool 125
SAAB
Saab 9-5
Insert the tool as shown
tool in working positron
hook the linkage with the tip pf the tool
close up
Go To Index
Page 628
GM Chevrolet Cadillac
Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac
Saab
Method - M1
Saab 9-4X SUV 2011 2013
Tool:125 Tool
Tool 125

Alternate altohj
Tool 124
Tool Being Inserted
View form inside the door
Tool Grasping Linkage
close-up
SAAB010Saab 1897 Style05 1 VSRX2010
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 629
SCION
Scion TC 2005 2010

Tool 65
SCION
Scion TC
View from Inside the Door. Hook Door

Lock Button to Unlock.
SCION001SCION 1448 Style04 1 R3510
Tool in Working Position. Working End

of Tool Inside the Car.
Go To Index
Page 630
Method - M1
SCION
Scion XA 2004 2007

SCION
Tool 65
Scion XA

SCION002SCION 1397 Style04 1 R3511RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
SCION
Page 631
Scion XB 2004 2007

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
SCION

Alternate Alt81
Scion XB
SCION003SCION 1396 Style03 1 V4701
Go To Index
Method - M1
SCION
Page 632
Scion XB 3 Door 2008 2012

SCION
Tool 78SG
Scion XB
Make room using the jack Tool
Insert the AirJack
SCION004SCION 1600 Style05 1 jacktool
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 633
SCION
Scion XD 2008 2012

Tool 78SG
SCION
Scion XD
Insert the Air Wedge
Move the door lock button with the tool
SCION005SCION 1599 Style04 1 jacktool
Go To Index
Page 634
Scion
Method - M1
Scion IQ 2012 2013
Scion
Tool 78SG
SCION006SCION 1898 Style00 1 startmulti
Go To Index
Method - M1
Scion
Page 635
Scion XD 2012 2013

Scion
Tool 78SG
SCION007SCION 1899 Style00 1 startmulti
Go To Index
Method - M1
Smart
Page 636
Smart ForTwo 2 door 2008 2012

1. Create small opening at the roof of car by lifting canvas by hand
2. Insert the tool in the opening and guide the tool into the vehicle.
Lift Canvas To
Insert Tool
Tool 78sg
Tool
Smart
Handle
Smart ForTwo
Carefully lift rim of canvas
Manuver tip of Long Reach Tool for

insertion under the canvas
Insert Long Reach Tool through under

the canvas
Position tip of tool under the opening

handle
Pull the handle to open door
Smart001M1SMART 1666 Style06 1 SmartUC
Go To Index
Method - M2
Smart
Page 637
Smart ForTwo 2 door 2008 2012

TOOL: Long Inside Access - 89
4 Lower (see figure 3).
5 .Slide tool forward in door.6 Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window
glass.Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so
that the tip ispositioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4)
6 Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicleNote: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass
Smart
Tool 89
Smart ForTwo
Move the door lock handle with tip
Smart001M2SMART 1618 Style03 1 r3501
Move tool to back to move handle
Go To Index
Page 638
Method - M3
SMART
Smart ALL 2008 2012

1. Insert the glassman tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle
the door. Use of The Glass Master Wedge System is Recommended!
Tool
SMART
Handle
Direction
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 78SG
Smart001M3SMART 602 Style00 1 r5004
PASSENGER
DOOR
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 639
STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS
Sterling Ram 4500/5500 Truck 2008 2009

Tool 120
2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car
lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes behind the window run channel. The tool should be at the rear
of the door.
(The window run channel is the piece the windows slides down in
Tool 120
V8806.eps
Notice the tool Is inserted behind the

window run channel
Tool lifting the linkage behind the run

channel
Sterling Heavy Trucks002M1STERLING 1692 Style04 1 V12001
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 640
Sterling All Models All

TOOL: S Tool - 47
Wedge
Tool 47
Tool
Linkage
Pull
Up
Pull Up
Sterling

door
STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS 1502 Style03 1 V4717HT
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 641
Sterling All Models All

Tool: 105
3. Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck .
Wedge
Sterling Truck
STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS 1507 Style03 1 V10507HT
Tool 105
Pull
Up
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 642
Sterling Bullet 4500 Cab Chassis 2008 2009
Sterling Bullet 5500 Cab Chassis 2008 2008
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Wedge
Tool
Linkage
Pull
Up
Pull Up
Sterling

door
View from Inside
Sterling Heavy Trucks002M2STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS 603 Style05 1 V4717HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Subaru 3 door All
SUBARU
Page 643
Subaru Justy All

2. Use front door.
3. Lower tool into door until it catches the linkage.
5. Push tip of tool towards rear of car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
Note: Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct lever, you will see the door lock button
move.
SUBARU
Tool 23
SUBARU001SUBARU 834 Style00 1 H2364F
Go To Index
SUBARU
Page 644
Method - M1
Subaru Loyale All
SUBARU

2. Insert the tool with tip of tool pointing towards the rear of the car.
3. Hook lock linkage behind rear inner door handle (there are two inner door handles, front and rear).
4. Move the lock rod towards the front of the car.
NOTE : Watch the rear door handle inside of the car for movement.
When you contact the proper rod, you will see the rear door lock handle move.
Tool 88-45
h8804
SUBARU LOYALE
SUBARU001xSUBARU 1093 Style03 1 H8804
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 645
SUBARU
Subaru B9 Tribeca 2006 2012

Tool 89
SUBARU
Subaru B9 Tribeca
Tool in insertion position. Use rear

door.
Push lock button to unlock door.

SUBARU002SUBARU 1450 Style04 1 R3511RD
Go To Index
Page 646
Subaru Legacy 2004 2009
Method - M1
SUBARU
Subaru Outback 2004 2009

6. Move the tip of the tool to unlock the door lock button.
SUBARU
Tool 65
Subaru Legacy
Push lock button to unlock.

SUBARU002xSUBARU 1449 Style04 1 R3504
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 647
SUBARU
Subaru Baja 2003 2007

Tool: 77
1. With a strip saver and wedge, s eparate glass from weather-stripping on passenger door.
4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook linkage .
5. Push down on tool to move linkage downward and unlock the door.
Tool 77
SUBARU
Subaru Baja
SUBARU003SUBARU 681 Style05 1 H7711
Go To Index
Method - M1
SUBARU
Page 648
Subaru Forester 1998 2002

Tool: S TOOL 47
4. Hook the lock rod that runs from the latch to the bell crank.
5. Lift tool to engage bell crank and unlock door.
SUBARU
Tool 47
Subaru Forester
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 649
SUBARU
Subaru Forester 2003 2007

1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward
vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figure
4.With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure
NOTE: The Remote Access System is a set of tools which can be custom configured in numerous ways
in order to achieve desired access. Above are a few possible combinations-configure your remote access
system according to your specific needs.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Subaru Forester
Insert glass spreader
SUBARU005SUBARU 1362 Style03 1 glassman
SUBARU
Tool 78SG
Go To Index
Method - M1
SUBARU
Page 650
Subaru Impreza Outback 1993 2001
Subaru Impreza 1993 2001
Tool: S TOOL 47
4. Hook the lock rod that runs from the latch to the bell crank.
SUBARU
Tool 47
Subaru Impreza
Twist tool to hook linkage and lift
SUBARU006-M1SUBARU 207 Style04 1 H4701
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 651
SUBARU
Subaru Impreza Outback 1993 2001

3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Rotate tool so handle points away from the vehicle.
5. Lift up on tool and hook linkage (note: you are reaching behind shield).
6. Twist tool so handle points towards the front of the vehicle in order to bind the linkage.
7. Rock tool so that the linkage moves towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE: In order to remove the tool, first lift tool completely off the linkage, rock tool so tip moves towards inside of
door panel, lower tool, rotate it and lift up.
Tool 42
SUBARU
Subaru Impreza

of vehicle
SUBARU006-M2SUBARU 1096 Style04 1 H4206
Go To Index
Page 652
SUBARU
Method - M1
SUBARU
Tool: S TOOL - 47
1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
4. Lift the tool so tip is in front of bell crank.
Tool 47
SUBARU006bSUBARU 1009 Style00 1 H4701
Go To Index
Method - M1
SUBARU
Subaru Impreza 4 door 2002 2007

Subaru Impreza WRX 4 Door 2003 2007
Page 653
Subaru WRX 4 door 2003 2007
Tool: - 77
1.Separate glass from weather-strip of the passenger side front door with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point appropriate tool end towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door directly above the
door handle (See photo 2 and 3).
5. Move tool downward to push linkage down and unlock the door.
SUBARU
Tool 77
Go To Index
Page 654
Method - M1
SUBARU

2. Insert tool with tip pointing towards the rear of the car approx. 9 from edge.
3. Lower tool into door approx. 10
4. Turn tool so it is above lower linkage.
5. Twist tool so it binds the linkage.
6. Move it towards the front of vehicle.
NOTE: Watch door lock button for movement.
SUBARU
Tool 91L
SUBARU LEGACY WAGON
Tool in working Position
Close up of tool
SUBARU009SUBARU 1008 Style06 1 H9105F
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 655
SUBARU
Subaru Legacy Outback 1996 2003
Tool: - Triple Hook Tool - 86

1. Separate glass from weather-strip of the passenger side front door with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point appropriate tool end towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door directly above the door handle
(See photo 2 and 3).
5. Move linkage downward to unlock the door.
Tool 86
SUBARU
Subaru Legacy Outback
Close up of Tool Hooking Linkage
Go To Index
Page 656
SUBARU
Subaru SVX All
SUBARU

3. Insert tip of tool under top linkage.
4. Lift tool and move to rear of vehicle.
H8605B.eps
Tool 86
SUBARU015SUBARU 1094 Style00 1 H8605B
Method - M1
Go To Index
Method - M1
SUBARU
Page 657

SUBARU
Tool 78SG
SUBARU016SUBARU 1747 Style00 1 altohj
Go To Index
Method - M1
SUBARU
Page 658
Subaru Forester Wagon 2008 2012
Tool 89
SUBARU
Tool 89
Subaru Impreza
Place tip on door lock button
Tool working position
Push button with tip to unlock
SUBARU019SUBARU 1590 Style05 1 alt89fd
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 659
SUBARU

SUBARU
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 78SG
SUBARU020SUBARU 1746 Style00 1 glassman
Go To Index
Page 660
Suzuki Forenza 2004 2008

Suzuki Esteem 1995 2002
Suzuki Forenza Wagon 2005 2008
Suzuki Reno 2005 2008
Suzuki Samarai
Method - M1
SUZUKI
Suzuki Sidekick 2 door 1996 1998
Suzuki SV7 2002 2005
Suzuki Vitara 1999 2005
Suzuki XL7 2000 2007
TOOL: S Tool - 47
SUZUKI
Tool 47

Alternate Alt26
Suzuki Forenza
SUZUKI003SUZUKI 1384 Style03 1 V4701
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 661
SUZUKI
Suzuki Aerio 2003 2007

Suzuki Aerio GS Sedan 2003 2007
Suzuki Aerio SX Hatchback 3 Door 2002 2007
Suzuki SX4 4 door 2007 2012

Suzuki Verona 2004 2006
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Direction
Direction
SUZUKI003BSUZUKI 682 Style02 1 V4703
SUZUKI
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 662
SUZUKI
Suzuki X-90 1996 1998
SUZUKI

Tool 26
SUZUKI003bSUZUKI 441 Style00 2 V2601
Method - M1
Go To Index
Method - M1
SUZUKI
Page 663
Suzuki Grand Vitara 2006 2012

figure 1).
SUZUKI
Tool 89
SUZUKI004SUZUKI 1493 Style00 1 R3512
Go To Index
Page 664
SUZUKI
Method - M1
Suzuki Swift Horizontal Toggles All
SUZUKI

4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook top linkage (ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle to move the linkage towards the rear of the
door.
NOTE: It is important to rock the tool towards the front to move linkage, as the linkage is very stiff.
Tool 23
SUZUKI008SUZUKI 835 Style00 1 H2313B
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 665
SUZUKI
Suzuki XL7 2007 2012

Tool: 77 Tool
1.Insert strip saver and wedge into passenger side door directly above the door handle.
2.Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3. T urn handle away from the door in order to allow the tool tip to access the lock linkage.
4.Turn and lift tool to hook the top lock linkage .
5. Pull tool to the front of the vehicle in order to move the linkage and unlock the door.
Tool 77
Shield
SUZUKI
Suzuki XL7
Tool in working positin
Hook lock linkage to unlock door
SUZUKI011SUZUKI 673 Style05 1 H7713F
Go To Index
Page 666
SUZUKI
Method - M1
Suzuki Equator 2009 2012
SUZUKI

5. 4. Lower (see figure 3).
6.Slide tool in The door.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that
the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
Tool 89
SUZUKI012SUZUKI 1682 Style00 1 R3512
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 667
SUZUKI
Suzuki Kizashi 2010 2012

Tool 78sg
SUZUKI
Suzuki Kasashi

room
unlock the door
SUZUKI013SUZUKI 1756 Style05 1 altohj
Insert the air jack
Go To Index
Method - M2
SUZUKI
Page 668
Suzuki Kizashi 2010 2012

SUZUKI
Tool 65
Suzuki Kasashi
Insert tool in door
Moove tool into working position
Use the wedge to create working room
unlock the door
SUZUKI013bSUZUKI 1748 Style05 1 R6501
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 669
TOYOTA
Toyota Venza 4 door 2009 2012

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool and Tool 78SG
1.
Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.
Insert the Air Wedge towards the top of the door and inflate.
3.
Remove the One Hand Jack Tool.
4.
Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG Long Reach Flexible tool) into the opening.
5.
Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.
Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Tool 78SG
Button
TOYOTA
Toyota Venza

side of door

open

opening, insert long reach tool

door
TOYOTA001TOYOTA 1658 Style05 1 Jack_But
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 670
Toyota 4-Runner 2003 2007

TOYOTA
Tool 89

Alternate Altohj
Toyota 4-Runner
Tool in working positino
TOYOTA004TOYOTA 1352 Style05 1 R3502
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 671
TOYOTA
Toyota 4-Runner SUV 2010 2012

Tool 78SG
TOYOTA
Toyota 4 runner
Insert Jack Tool
Pull the door handle with the long

reach tool
TOYOTA004bTOYOTA 1750 Style04 1 jacktool
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 672
Toyota Avalon 2000 2005

Toyota Avalon 4 Door 1995 1999

TOYOTA
Tool 35

Alternate Altohj
TOYOTA AVALON
Flip lock button to unlock door
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 673

Tool 78SG
Button
TOYOTA
Tool 78SG
TOYOTA006BTOYOTA 1751 Style00 1 jack_but
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 674
Toyota Camry 1988 1991

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping o REAR DOOR with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car
3. Lower the tool into the vehicle at the position shown in the diagram
4. Lift the tool underneath the bottom linkage and hook it with the tip of the tool.
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage (SEE ENLA RGEMENT DIAGRAM)
6. Slide the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle
TOYOTA
Tool 23
Toyota Camry
TOYOTA009TOYOTA 1351 Style05 1 H23100BRD
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 675
Toyota Camry 2 Door 1992 1996

1.Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
figure 1).
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see
figure 3).
TOYOTA
Tool 35
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 676

Tool: S TOOL 47
1.Separate glass from weather-strip and insert tool.
3. Hook the linkage between inner door frame and shield.
4. Push down on linkage.
Tool 47
TOYOTA

Alternate Altohj
Toyota Camry
Hook linkage and push down on linkage
TOYOTA011TOYOTA 1082 Style05 1 H4702
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 677
TOYOTA
Toyota Camry 4 door 2007 2011



Tool 35
Toyota Camry
Tool in insertion position, facing front

of vehicle.
Hook lock button with tool to unlock
Closeup of tool tip on lock button
TOYOTA

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Page 678
Toyota
Method - M1
Toyota Camary 2012 2013
ACURA
Tool 78SG
TOYOTA014ATOYOTA 1900 Style00 1 startmulti
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 679
TOYOTA
Toyota Celica 1982 1989

3. Lower tool into door until the tip of the tool rests on the top linkage (see illustration below).
4. Rotate the tool to bind the linkage.
5. Tilt the tool as to move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
Use Driver s Side Door
Tool 23
Close up
TOYOTA014BTOYOTA 1011 Style04 1 H2323B
door without inside panel
TOYOTA

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 680
Toyota Celica Coupe 2000 2005


1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward (see figure 1 f or position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (see
figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figur e 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure 4).
Use of Glass Master System is recommended !
Tool 78SG
TOYOTA
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
TOYOTA CELICA
View from Inside the car
Close up of Wedge Set-up
Hook and pull lock button
TOYOTA017TOYOTA 1010 Style05 1 glassman
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 681
Toyota Corolla 2 & 3 Door 1983 1988

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Lower tool into door on top of lock linkage
3. Bind the linkage with the tip of the tool and move it forward
Tool 23
TOYOTA

Alternate Altohj
TOYOTA COROLLA
TOYOTA018TOYOTA 1014 Style03 1 H2393F
Go To Index
Page 682
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Toyota Corolla 2 Door 1989 1992

Tool: Hook & Bind Tool 90
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-stripping.
5. Hook linkage under plastic shield.
6. Move linkage towards rear of car.
Note: Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have
engaged the correct linkage, the button will move.
TOYOTA
Tool 90
TOYOTA COROLA

Toyota018TOYOTA 1015 Style04 2 H9001
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 683
Toyota Corolla FX 2 Door Hatch 1987 1988

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with wedge.
2. Point the tool towards rear of car.
3. Insert tool into door between glass and weather-stripping.
4. Lower the tool until it contact door lock rod
(SEE ILLUSTRATION).
5. Twist tool so handle moves toward front of car and tip of tool
moves toward rear.
NOTE: Rod has a rubber cover so grip it firmly in order to move the linkage.
TOYOTA
Tool 23
Go To Index
Page 684
TOYOTA
TOYOTA

2. Insert tool into door between glass and weather-stripping.
3. Lift the door lock button with the tip of the tool
Tool 26
TOYOTA019TOYOTA 1016 Style00 1 V2601
Method - M1
Go To Index
Method - M1

Toyota Canry 1984 1987
Page 685
TOYOTA
Toyota Corolla Wagon 1986 1992
Toyota Cressida 1986 1988

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping on rear passenger door with a wedge.
3. Lower the tool into car unit the tip connects with the top lock linkage (see diagram for position).
4. Rotate the tool in order to bind the linkage.
5. Tilt the tool to move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE: Look at the lock button inside of the vehicle for movement. When you have contacted the correct
linkage, you will see the button move.
Toyota Corolla DX
Working position Rear Door
TOYOTA
Tool 23
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 686
Toyota Corolla Wagon 1993 1997

3. Lower the tool into car until it comes in contact with the lower lock linkage (see diagram for position).
4. Rotate the tool to bind the linkage.
5. Tilt the tool to move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
TOYOTA
Tool 23
TOYOTA COROLLA
Tool in insertion position. Use REAR

DOOR
Tool approx. 6 inches down into door
Close up of tool inside the door. Move

linkage to Rear of car
Go To Index
Method - M1
Toyota Corolla 1998 2002

Page 687
TOYOTA
Toyota Pickup 1988 1994
Toyota Tacoma 1996 2004
Toyota Van Upto 1991

1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button on the REAR DOOR
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle .
Tool 81
TOYOTA
TOYOTA Corolla
Tool in Insertion Position. REAR Door
Hook Lock Button and Pull up

TOYOTA024TOYOTA 1198 Style04 1 toy81RD
Go To Index
Page 688
Method - M1
TOYOTA

TOYOTA
Tool 65

Alternate Altohj
2003 Toyota Corolla
Tool in Insertion position
View From Inside

Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 689
Toyota Cressida Upto 1985

1. Separate glass from weather-stripping on passenger rear door with a wedge.
2. Using the door lock button as a guide, insert the double tool into the door (see diagram below).
3. Position the tool underneath the lock button.
4. Lift straight up on the tool to lift the door lock button.
Tool 26
TOYOTA
TOYOTA CRESSIDA
Tool in insetion position
TOYOTA026TOYOTA 1020 Style03 1 H2604RD
Go To Index
Page 690
TOYOTA
Method - M1
Toyota Cressida 1989 1992
TOYOTA

2. Insert the tool in the REAR door as shown.
3. Push down on the door lock linkage with the tip of the tool
NOTE:The linkage is high and way at the rear of the door. Watch the door lock button for movement
Tool 23
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 691
TOYOTA
Toyota Echo 4 Door 2000 2006

1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and Wedge on REAR DOOR.
2. Point tool towards rear of vehicle and lower into door.
3. Twist tool to hook lower linkage.
4. Turn tool handle to move linkage to front of vehicle.
Tool 23
TOYOTA
TOYOTA ECHO
View from inside of the door
Close Up
TOYOTA029-M1TOYOTA 1033 Style06 1 H2358RD
Go To Index
Page 692
Method - M2
TOYOTA

Tool: S TOOL 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip and insert tool.
4. Lift to unlock.
TOYOTA
Tool 47
TOYOTA ECHO
Close up of door without inside door

panel
Close up of tool and linkage engaged
Close up of tool
TOYOTA029-M2TOYOTA 1147 Style06 1 H4705
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 693
TOYOTA

Tool: S TOOL 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip and insert tool.
4. Lift to unlock.
Tool 47
TOYOTA
TOYOTA ECHO
Lift Tool to Unlock Door
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 694
Toyota Highlander 2002 2007
Toyota Highlander Hybrid 2006 2007
Tool 89
Tool 89
TOYOTA

Alternate Altohj
TOYOTA HIGHLANDER

Door. Insert in far Rear of Door.
Tool in Working Position. Slide Tool

Forward in Door.
Move Lock Button to Unlock
TOYOTA031TOYOTA 1179 Style05 1 R8901fd
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 695
TOYOTA
Toyota Land Cruiser 1980 1989

1.Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3.Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4.Hook top linkage and twist as shown in enlargement.
5.Push tool towards rear of vehicle.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have engaged the correct linkage the button will move.
Tool 23
TOYOTA LANDCRUISER
TOYOTA

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Page 696
Method - M1
TOYOTA

TOOL: Downward Hook Too l - 91
1.Remove weather-stripping on rear door to allow access to the inner door.
2.Use tip of wedge to help pry up weather-stripping. (Weather-stripping is easily removable and should present no
problem).
3.Insert tool into door and lower it below lock linkage shield. NOTE: 1990 models lock linkage and are easier to open.
4.Lift tool under metal shield. The shield is flexible and can be easily lifted with tip of tool.
5.Insert tool over linkage.
6.Bind linkage with tip of tool and move to rear.
NOTE: Handle end of tool may be different than shown in photos.
TOYOTA
Tool 91

Alternate Altohj
Toyota Landcruiser 1993
Remove weather-strip with wedge
Photo without shield
TOYOTA033TOYOTA 1071 Style06 1 h9110brd
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 697

figure 1).
figure 3).
TOYOTA
Tool 65

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Page 698
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Toyota Matrix 2003 2008

TOYOTA
Tool 65
Toyota matrix
View from inside

TOYOTA035-M1TOYOTA 1253 Style04 1 R6504
Go To Index
Method - M2
Page 699
TOYOTA

Tool: S Tool 47
1 Use a screw driver or other tool to loosen the passenger side rear license plate light.
2. Insert S tool through the opening with the hooded end facing the front of the car, as shown in diagram and photograph.
3.Twist the tool to hook and bind the lock rod.
4.Gently pull down on the tool to unlock the latch.
Tool 47
light
TOYOTA
Toyota Matrix
Remove Rear License Light with

Screwdriver.
Insert Tool Beneath Light.
Hook Linkage to Unlock Door.
TOYOTA035-M2TOYOTA 1508 Style05 1 H4721RD
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 700
Toyota MR5 Spyder Convertible 2000 2005

Toyota MR2 1984 1990
Toyota MR2 1991 1995

1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward (see figure 1 for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (see
figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figure 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure 4).
Use of the Glass Master wedge system is recommended. .
TOYOTA
Tool 78SG
TOYOTA MR5 Spyder
Insert Glass Wedge in Side of Window
Insert First Wedge Spreader
Insert Second Wedge Spreader
Insert Tool in Wedge
Hook Lock Button and Pull Tool Back

to Unlock
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 701
TOYOTA
Toyota Paseo 1992 1998

3. Insert tool into door (see illustration).
4. Bind linkage with hooked end of tool
5. Move tool in the direction shown in order to move the bell crank towards the rear of the vehicle.
Note : Watch door lock b utton. When you have hooked the correct rod , you will see the door lock button move.
Tool 23
Directi
on
Lock Linkage
TOYOTA
ENLARG EM ENT
TOYOTA PASEO
Close Up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 702
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Toyota Previa 1991 1997

1.Separate glass form weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Insert the tool approximately 11 to 12 inches from rear edge of window (slightly longer than the length of a standard
piece of paper).
3.Lower the tool below the hole in the door frame as shown in the illustration.
4.Lift straight up on the tool while turning the tip towards the inside of the auto (this will place the tool directly in front
of the bell crank).
5.Lower the tool in order to hook bell crank, opening the door (see enlargement diagram).
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the bell crank, you will see
TOYOTA
Tool 90
Toyota Previa
Measure 11-12 for insertion position
A- Tool B- Lock Linkage C- Bell Crank

Go To Index
Method - M2
TOYOTA
Page 703
Toyota Previa 1991 1997

2. Insert tool between glass and weather-stripping.
5. Hook linkage under plastic shield.
6. Move linkage towards rear of car.
Note: Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have engaged the correct linkage, the button
will move.
TOYOTA
Tool 90
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 704
Toyota Prius 2001 2003
TOYOTA

figure 3).
NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the
Tool 65
TOYOTA PRIUS
Hook Lock Button to Unlock

Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 705
TOYOTA

Tool 35
TOYOTA
Toyota Prius

TOYOTA042b-M1TOYOTA 1398 Style04 1 R3502
Go To Index
Page 706
Method - M1
TOYOTA

TOYOTA
Tool 78sg
Toyota Prius
Carefully use the air Jack
Close up
TOYOTA042c-M1TOYOTA 1749 Style04 1 Altohj
Unlock the vehicle using the tip of the

tool
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 707
TOYOTA
Toyota RAV-4 2001 2006

Tool 65
TOYOTA
TOYOTA RAV-4
Tool Emerges Inside the Vehicle
Move Lock Button to Open Door
TOYOTA046-M1TOYOTA 1177 Style05 2 R6501
Go To Index
Method - M2
TOYOTA
Page 708
Toyota RAV-4 2007 2012

TOYOTA
Tool 78SG
TOYOTA RAV 4
Insert Jack Tool
Hook Handle
Hook Handle
TOYOTA046-M2TOYOTA 621 Style05 1 jacktool
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 709
TOYOTA
Toyota RAV-4 4 Door 1996 2000

USE REAR PASSENGER DOOR
2.Insert the tool approximately 11 to 12 inches fro rear edge of window (slightly longer than the length of a standard
piece of paper).
3.Lift straight up on the tool while turning the tip towards the inside of the auto (this will place the tool directly in front
of the bell crank).
4.Lower the tool in order to hook bell crank, opening the door (see enlargement diagram).
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the bell crank, you will see
Tool 90
TOYOTA
Toyota RAV 4 Door
Grab bell crank and move towards rear

of vehicle.
Move bell crank towards rear of

vehicle.
TOYOTA046b-M1TOYOTA 1073 Style05 1 H9004B
Go To Index
Method - M2
TOYOTA
Page 710

2.Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3.Lower the tool into car below linkage.
4.Rotate tool so handle points away from the vehicle.
5.Lift up on tool and hook linkage.
6.Twist tool so handle points towards the front of the vehicle in order to bind the linkage.
7.Rock tool so that the linkage move towards the front of the vehicle.
Instructions are for rear passenger side door.
TOYOTA
Tool 42
Toyota RAV 2 Door

front of vehicle.

front of vehicle.
TOYOTA046b-M2TOYOTA 1072 Style05 1 H4208
Go To Index
Method - M3
Page 711
TOYOTA

Tool: Reversed Hook Tool - 42
1. Separate glass from weather-strip on front passenger door with a wedge.
2.Insert the tool in the door with the tip approx. 11 from the front edge of the window as shown in the insertion diagram below.
3.Lower the tool into the door and rotate the tool until the tip is pointing towards the inside of the vehicle, th ough the
hole on the inner door frame (see the illustration below).
4.Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool, bind the linkage and tilt the tool to move the linkage towards the front
of the vehicle.
NOTE: USE FRONT PASSENGER DOOR
Tool 42
TOYOTA
Toyota RAV 4 Door
Hook linkage and move towards front

of vehicle
Hook linkage and move towards front

of vehicle
TOYOTA046b-M3TOYOTA 941 Style05 1 H4219
Go To Index
Page 712
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Toyota Sequoia 2001 2007

TOYOTA
Tool 65

Alternate Altohj
TOYOTA SEQUOIA
Tool in Insertion Position. Use REAR

Door.
Move Lock Button to Open

TOYOTA047TOYOTA 1178 Style04 1 R6502RD
Tool Emerges Inside the Vehicle
Go To Index
Method - M1
Toyota Sienna 2010 2011
Page 713
TOYOTA
Tool: Inside Access Tool -89

figure 1).
figure 3).
TOYOTA
Tool 89
Toyota Sienna
Go To Index
Page 714
Method - M1
TOYOTA

TOYOTA
Tool 89

Alternate Altohj
Toyota Sienna

TOYOTA049bTOYOTA 1399 Style04 1 R3502
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 715
Toyota Siena 2012 2013

TOYOTA
Tool 78SG
TOYOTA049cTOYOTA 1901 Style00 1 startmulti
Go To Index
Page 716
Toyota Solara 2 Door 1999 2003
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Toyota Solara 2004 2007

Note: This security system on the vehicle may attempt to relock the vehicle. To defeat the relocking mechanism hold
the door lock button inside the vehicle in the unlock position, while quickly pulling the outside door handle.
TOYOTA
Tool 78SG
Toyota Solara
Hook door lock button

TOYOTA050TOYOTA 1032 Style04 1 glassbut
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 717
Toyota Supra 1982 1986

2. Insert tool towards door lock button at the position shown in the diagram below.
4. Hook bell crank below door lock button.
5. Pull back on tool to unlock the door.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct
rod, you will see the door lock button move.
TOYOTA
Tool 23
TOYOTA052TOYOTA 1026 Style00 1 H2317B
Go To Index
Page 718
Method - M1
TOYOTA

4. Rest the tip of the tool on the top linkage.
5. Rotate the tool to bind and move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle (see enlargement diagram).
TOYOTA
Rotate Tool To
Bind Linkage
Lock
Linkage
Tool 23
Direction
ENLARGEMENT
Toyota Supra
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 719
TOYOTA

Note: This security system on the vehicle may attempt to relock the vehicle. To defeat the relocking mechanism hold
the door lock button inside the vehicle in the unlock position, while quickly pulling the outside door handle.
Tool 78SG
Tool
TOYOTA
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Toyota Supra
Insert tip of tool only, without a wedge
Hook door lock button with tip of tool

TOYOTA054TOYOTA 1028 Style04 1 glassman
Use wedge as guide to slide tool into

door
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 720
Toyota T-100 1993 1998

2.Insert tool into door as shown below.
3.Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4.Push bell crank towards the front of vehicle with the tip of tool.
TOYOTA
Tool 91
TOYOTA Pick Up T100
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 721
TOYOTA
Toyota Tacoma 2005 2007

Tool 89
TOYOTA
Toyota Takoma
View From Inside the Vehicle
Move Lock Button to Unlock the Door
Go To Index
Page 722
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Toyota Tercel 2 Door 1991 1994
TOYOTA

3. Insert tool into door (see illustration).
4. Hook lock linkage with tip of tool (see enlargement diagram).
5. Move tool in the direction shown in order to move the bell crank towards the rear of the vehicle.
Note : Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct rod , you will see the door lock button
move.
Direcon
ti
Lock Linkage
ENLARG EM ENT
Tool 23
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 723
TOYOTA
Tool: S Tool - 47
NOTE: USE FRONT PASSENGER DOOR
TOYOTA TERCEL
TOYOTA061TOYOTA 1197 Style03 1 V4711
TOYOTA
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 724
Toyota Tundra 1999 2006
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Toyota Tundra Stepside 2003 2006

TOYOTA
Tool 35
TOYOTA TUNDRA

Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 725
TOYOTA
Toyota FJ Cruiser SUV 2007 2012

Tool 78SG
TOYOTA
Toyota FJ Cruiser
Insert Jack Tool
Insert long reach tool into the door
Push lock button with tool tip to unlock

door
Pull door handle with tool tip
TOYOTA065TOYOTA 620 Style06 1 jacktool
Go To Index
Page 726
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Toyota Tundra pickup 2007 2012

TOYOTA
Tool 78sg
TOYOTA TUNDRA
Insert Jack Tool
Push door lock button
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 727
TOYOTA
Toyota Yaris 2 door 2007 2012

2.insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
NOTE: ONLY USE AIR WEDGE, do not use jack tool for this opening
Tool 78sg
TOYOTA
Toyota Yaris
Insert air wedge into door
Insert tool into opening
Manuever tool to hook door lock

handle
Hook door lock handle to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 728
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Toyota Yaris 4 door 2007 2012
Toyota Yaris 5 DR Hatch 2008 2011

TOYOTA
Tool 89
Yaris 4 Door
Tool Inside vehicle

Work Position
Go To Index
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Page 729

figure 1).
TOYOTA
Tool 89
Toyota Corola

Go To Index
Page 730
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Toyota Highlander 2008 2009

TOYOTA
Tool 89

Alternate Altohj
Toyota Highlander
Insert the tool in the door
Hook the door lock button
put the tip of the tool in front of the

button
move the button back
Pull the handle quickly while unlocking

as the system will relock itself
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 731
TOYOTA

Tool 78sg
Toyota Corola
Carefully jack the door slightly
Use the Long reach Tool to Unlock the

door
TOYOTA072TOYOTA 1601 Style04 1 Altohj
Use the Air Jack to create working

room
TOYOTA

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Page 732
Method - M1
TOYOTA
Toyota Sequoia 2008 2012

4 Lower (see figure 3).
5 .Slide tool forward in door.
6 Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
7 Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicle
The vehicle will try and relock itself so it will be necessary to pull on the handle quickly during the unlock procedure
TOYOTA
Tool 35

Alternate Altohj
Toyota Highlander
Insert the tool in the rear door
put the tip of the tool in front of the

button
move the button back
Pull the handle quickly while unlocking

as the system will relock itself
TOYOTA073TOYOTA 598 Style06 1 r3511rd
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 733
TOYOTA

1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3. Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door lock release button.
6. Pull the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note the vehicle will attempt to relock itself
Tool 78SG
TOYOTA
TOYOTA Land Cruiser
Insert Jack Tool
Pull on the door lock button
Pull on the door lock button
Toyota074TOYOTA 604 Style06 1 jacktool
Go To Index
Page 734
Method - M1
UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS
UD Nissan All All

Tool: 105
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck .
UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS
Wedge
Tool 105
Pull
Up
UD/Nissan Trucks

rod w/ tip of tool and lift tool to unlock
door
UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS001UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS 1503 Style03 1 V10507HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
VW Beetle Old Style Pre-1998

VW Cabrio 1995 2002
VW Cabriolet
VW Eurovan All
Page 735
VW
VW Golf 1995 2006
VW GTI 1995 2006
VW GTI Upto 1998
VW Vanogan
Tool: Double - 26
2. Lower the tool into the door (see fig).
3. Hook door lock button with tip of tool
Tool 26
VW
VOLKSWAGEN CABRIOLET
Close Up of door without inside panel
VW001VOLKSWAGEN 839 Style06 1 V2601
Go To Index
VW
Page 736
Method - M1
VW Beetle 1998 2010
VW
TOOL: DOUBLE BEND TOOL - 88

1. Insert a strip saver and wedge
2. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool rearward.
3. Lower the tool into the door and move the tip towards the inside.
4. Hook the linkage with the tip of the tool and lift
Tool 88-20
Use 20o
Tip
VOLKSWAGEN BEETLE
VW002VOLKSWAGEN 1255 Style03 1 VW010
tool in working position
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 737
VW
VW Beetle Convertible 2004 2010

VW Eos convertible 2007 2010
VW Golf 2010 2012

VW GTI 2007 2010

1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
Tool 78SG
Tool
Handle
Direction
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
PASSENGER
DOOR
VW
Volkswagen Beetle Convertible
Insert glassmaster
Hook door lock handle
Insert tool into glassmaster cavity
VW003VOLKSWAGEN 1423 Style05 1 R5004
Go To Index
Page 738
Method - M1
VW
VW Beetle 2012 2013
VW

vehicle.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 78SG
VW004VOLKSWAGEN 1902 Style00 1 glassman
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 739
VW
VW Rabbit 1989 1999

VW Corrado All
VW Fox 1988 1996
VW Golf 1995 2004
VW GTI 1995 2004

VW Jetta 1986 2009
VW Quantum
VW Scirocco All

3. Lower the tool into the door (see fig.).
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have contacted the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.
Illustration shows the passenger side door.
Instructions are either front door.
VW
Tool 88-20
V8810.eps
VW RABBIT

Go To Index
Page 740
VW Passat 1990 2005

VW Passat 2006 2010
Method - M1
VW
VW Rabbit 2006 2009

4. Lower the tool in to the door and lift it up and out on the inside of the vehicle
VW
Tool 89
Volkswagen Passat
Working End is Inside Vehicle.
Push Door Lock Button to Unlock

VW010VOLKSWAGEN 1040 Style04 1 R8901FD
View from Inside the Vehicle.
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 741
VW
VW Phaeton 2005 2006

4. Lower the tool in to the door and lift it up and out on the inside of the vehicle
Tool 89
VW
Volkswagen Phaeton
VW012VOLKSWAGEN 1512 Style05 1 R8901FD
Go To Index
Page 742
VW Touareg 2004 2010
Method - M1
VW
VW Touareg 2011 2012
Tool- 78SG With Jack Tool and Regular Air jack

1. Use the jack tool to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
3. Remove the Jack Tool
5. Maneuver the tool to Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
Tool 78SG
VW
Pull Handle
Volkswagen Touareg
Pull Door Lock Handle to Unlock.

VW014VOLKSWAGEN 1394 Style04 1 RLJ04
Hook Door Lock Handle.
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 743
VW
VW CC 2 Door 2009 2012

TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG and Glassman
Tool: Glassman Tool
1. Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window.
2. Insert the tool into the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG) into the opening.
4. Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button.
Tool
Tool 78SG
Handle
Direction
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
PASSENGER
DOOR
VW
VW CC
Insert Glassman
Position Glassman so Long Reach

Tool can be inserted

door
VW015VOLKSWAGEN 1631 Style05 1 R5004
Go To Index
Page 744
Method - M1
VW
VW Routan Van 2009 2012

Tool: 125 Tool
VW
Tool 125
VW Routanj

Twist tool to insert
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 745
VW
VW Tiguan 4 door 2009 2012

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool and Tool 78SG
1.
Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.
Insert the Air Wedge towards the top of the door and inflate.
3.
Remove the One Hand Jack Tool.
4.
Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG Long Reach Flexible tool) into the opening.
5.
Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.
Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Tool 78sg
Button
VW
VW Tiguan

side of door
Insert Air Wedge at top of door to create opening
Inflate Air Wedge

open
VW017VOLKSWAGEN 1619 Style06 1 Jack_But
Go To Index
Page 746
Method - M1
VW
VW EOS 2011 2013

Tool 78SG
Pull handle
Tool
VW
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Volcagon EOS
Insert Access Glassman tool
Insert your long reach tool into the

Glassman tool and into the vehicle
theGassman glass will prevent the tool

from touching glass
Reach intot he vehicle to pull the

handle
pull the door handle to unlock the door
VW018VOLKSWAGEN 1905 Style06 1 glasshdl
Go To Index
Method - M1
Volvo 240 1985 1996
VOLVO
Page 747
Volvo 240DL 1985 1996

3. Lower the tool on top of linkage.
4. Bind linkage with tip of tool and push.
5. Rock tool so that you re now looking towards rear of car.
Note : Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have bound the linkage, you will
see the lock button move.
VOLVO
Tool 23
VOLVO001VOLVO 1036 Style00 1 H2327BRD
Go To Index
Page 748
Method - M1
VOLVO
Volvo C70 1998 2005
Volvo C70 2006 2012
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG with Glassman Wedge

Tool 78SG
Pull handle
Tool
VOLVO
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
VOLVO C70
Insert wedge in window
Wedges in window
Insert tool between wedges
VOLVO006VOLVO 1543 Style06 1 glasshdl
Go To Index
Method - M1
Volvo S40 2000 2004
Page 749
VOLVO
Volvo V40 2000 2004
Tool: Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Lower tool into door.
3. Twist tool to hook door lock rod.
VOLVO S40
VOLVO008VOLVO 1143 Style03 1 H4707
VOLVO
Tool 47
Go To Index
Page 750
Volvo V50 2005 2010

Volvo 900 Series 1983 1995
Volvo 960 1996 1997
Volvo S40 2005 2010
Method - M1
VOLVO
Volvo S80 2007 2010
Volvo S90 1998 2000
Volvo V90 1998 2000
VOLVO
5. Maneuver the tool to pull the door Handle to unlock the door
Tool 78SG
VOLVO009VOLVO 329 Style00 1 starthand
Go To Index
Method - M1
Volvo S60 2001 2004

Volvo S60R 2002 2004
Volvo V70 2001 2010
Page 751
VOLVO
Volvo X70 XC Cross Country 2002 2004

Volvo X70R 2003 2004
TOOL: STRIP TOOL

2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool in between window and Strip Saver (SEE DIAGRAM).
3. Hook door lock knob with folded end of Strip Tool.
Tool 57
VOLVO
Insert 2 Strip Savers into Top of Door
Insert Tool BETWEEN 2 Strip Savers
Hook Lock Button and Lift Tool to

Unlock
VOLVO010VOLVO 1286 Style04 1 V5701
Slide Tool Down Door to Access Lock

Button
Go To Index
Page 752
Method - M1
VOLVO
Volvo S60 2005 2010

TOOL: S Tool - 47
VOLVO
Tool 47
Volvo S60

Passenger Door.
Insert Tool as Shown.
Hook Lock Rod and Lift to Unlock.
Close up of Tool Hooking Lock Rod.
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 753
VOLVO
Volvo S60 2011 2013
Volvo S80 2011 2013
Tool 78SG
VOLVO
Volvo S60
Use the starter wedge to begin the

opening
Insert a long reach tool

the vehicle
VOLVO011BVOLVO 1209 Style05 1 starthand
Go To Index
Page 754
Method - M1
VOLVO
Volvo S80 1999 2006

3. Lower the tool into the door (see fig.).
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the
car. When you have contacted the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.
Illustration shows the passenger side door.
Instructions are for either front door.
VOLVO
Tool 22

Alternate Altohj
Volvo S80
Go To Index
Method - M1
Volvo S70 1998 2004

Volvo 800 Series 1995 1997
Page 755
VOLVO
Volvo S70 R 2003 2004

Tool 26
VOLVO
VOLVO S70
Go To Index
Page 756
Method - M1
VOLVO
Volvo V70 1998 2000

4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door
lock button.
VOLVO
Tool 26
VOLVO V70
VOLVO015bVOLVO 77 Style04 1 V2601
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 757
VOLVO
Volvo cX90 2003 2010
Volvo CX70 2005 2010

2.Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle.
3.Tilt tool so that it is parallel to the door window frame.
4.Lower tool into the door.
5.Hook lock linkage under latch.
6.Pull up to unlock the door
Tool 88-20
Use 20o
Tip
Volvo XC90
Insert tool in corner of door
Lower tool into door
Move tool parrallel to window frame
VOLVO

Alternate Altohj
Go To Index
Page 758
VOLVO
Volvo ALL 1980 1984
VOLVO
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Tool 47
Method - M1
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 759
VOLVO
Volvo V70 2008 2010

Volvo XC60 2009 2012
Volvo XC70 5 Door 2008 2012
Tool: 78SG Flexible Long Reach Tool

1. Insert the Jack tool on the top portion of the door frame.
2. Inflate the Air Jack to create a cavity in the door.
3.Insert tool into cavity in the door, in the upper corner of the door frame.
4.Maneuver tool so that working end contact the door handle inside of the vehicle.
5.Hook the door handle and twist tool to open door.
Tool 78SG
VOLVO
Volvo XC70
Use the jack tool to create working

room
Insert the air wedge
Pull the door handle twice to unlock
VOLVO020VOLVO 23 Style05 1 JackTool
Go To Index
Method - M1
VOLVO
Page 760
Volvo CX60 2011 2013

Volvo CX70 2011 2013
Volvo CX90 2011 2013
VOLVO
Tool 78SG
Volvo S60
Use the starter wedge to begin the

opening
Insert a long reach tool

the vehicle
Go To Index
Method - M1
Volvo C30 2011 2013
VOLVO
Page 761
Volvo C70 2011 2013
VOLVO
Tool 78SG
Go To Index
Method - M1
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 762
Volvo HT Cab Over All

Tool: 101
1.insert the tool at the rear of the front door.
2.Lower the tool into the door at a slight angle.
3.the tool should land on top of the lock linkage that comes from the door lock button to the latch mechanism.
4.Push down and back on the linkage to unlock the truck.
Wedge
Tool 101
Wedge
Direction
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS
Direction
Volvo Day Cab Over

Wedge. Insert tool in position shown
Gently push down on linkage that connects to door lock button
Tool is lowered in at rear of door. Tool

goes in less than half the lenth of door
Note position of door lock button.

Linkace and button are parrallel
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS001VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS 1584 Style05 1 V10103HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 763
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS
Volvo HT New Style All

Tool: 101
1. insert the tool at the rear of the front door.
3. rock the tool so that the tip of the tool moves the linkage to the front of the truck.
4.The tip moves towards the front while the handle rocks to the rear.
Tool 101
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS
Volvo New Style
Position & lower tool at rear of passenger door Rock tool
Tool lays on top of linkage at position

shown
Rock top of tool towards rear which

moves linkage towards front of truck
door lock button is a lever on top of

door
Go To Index
Method - M1
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS
Page 764
Volvo HT White GMC All

Tool: 105
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS
Wedge
Linkage
Tool 105
Direction
Direction
Tool
Volvo White GMC ( includes all early

Volvo trucks manufactured under
White & GMC brand names)
Lower tool into door less slightly less

than half way into door. Hook lock rod
where it connects to latch
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 765
WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS
Western Star Classic Style Heavy Duty All
Western Star New Style Heavy Duty

1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower the tool into the door with the tip of the tool facing the rear of the vehicle.
3.Hook the bottom of the lock linkage and lift the tool to unlock the door.
Wedge
Tool 102
Direction
Linkage
Direction
Tool
Western Star Classic Style Heavy Duty
Western Star New Style Heavy Duty
Lower tool at rear of passenger door
Note position of tool. Tip must go

under door lock rod where it connects
to door lock latch
Lift tool up under door lock linkage to

unlock door
View of door lock button from inside

door
WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS001WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS 1504 Style06 1 V10203HT
Go To Index
Method - M1
Page 766
Western Star Slant Nose All
TOOL: S Tool - 47
Wedge
Tool 47
Tool
Linkage
Pull
Up
Pull Up
Western Star Slant Nose
Create working room w/ Wedge &

Weather Strip
Hook door lock rod w/ tip of tool. Lift

tool to unlock door
WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS002WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS 1505 Style03 1 V4717HT
Index From _Alternate

TO Acura
Index From Make To Make
Model
_Alternate
Method Alt 103-04 Using the

Method Alt 22 Using the
Method Alt GM Using the
Method Alt GMV Using the
Method Alt OHJ Using the
Method Alt81 Using the
Method AltSJ1 Using the
Method AltSJ2 Using the
Method Using the
MethodALT125 Using the
Model
CL
CL
Integra
Integra
Integra
Integra
Integra
Legend
Legend
MDX
MDX
MDX
NSX
NSX
RDX
RL
RL
RL
RSX
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Acura
Body Style
2 Door
2 Door
4 door
2 door
4 Door
4 Door
4 Door
2 Door
4 door
4 Door
3 Door
Body Style
103 & 104 Tool
22 Tool
23 Tool
26 Tool
35 Tool
47 Tool
74 Tool
Glassman Tool
Glassman Tool Vertical Buttons
One Hand Jack Tool & 78 Tool
81 Tool
87 Tool
89 Tool
Slim Jim
Slim Jim
Starter Air Jack & 78 Tool
125 Tool
Begin Year
1997
2001
1986
1986
1994
1994
1994
1986
1986
2001
2001
2007
1991
1991
2007
1997
1999
2005
2002
End Year
1999
2003
1993
1993
2001
2001
2001
1995
1995
2006
2006
2012
2005
2005
2012
1998
2004
2012
2006
Page #
4
5
3
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
18
13
19
Page #
20
21
22
23
24
30
29
31
23
25
26
32
30
29
32
27
31
32
28
Index
Method
Alt 103-04
Alt22
Alt 23
Alt26
Alt35
Alt47
Alt74
AltGM
AltGMV
AltOHJ
Alt81
Alt57
Alt89
AltSJ1
Altsj2
Startmulti
ALT125
Page 767
Page 768
Index From Acura
Model
Method
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
SLX
TL
TL
TL
TL
TL
TL
TSX
TSX
TSX
Vigor
ZDX
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Model
Index
To Audi
Acura
Body Style
4 Door
4 Door
Sports Wagon
1 Series
100
200
4000
5000
80
90
A3
A3
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4 Avant
A4 Avant
A4 Cabriolet
A5
A6
End Year
1999
1998
1998
2003
2008
2011
2013
2008
2013
2013
1994
2013
Page #
23
29
30
31
28
33
33
28
33
33
23
34
Begin Year
All
Page #
35
Begin Year
2010
All
End Year
2012
1984
1984
All
All
2006
2006
1989
1989
Page #
51
38
38
36
36
38
38
43
42
36
37
38
39
36
37
38
39
40
50
42
Alfa Romeo
Method
M1
All
Model
Begin Year
1996
1996
1996
1999
2004
2009
2012
2004
2009
2011
1992
2010
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Audi
Body Style
Coupe
4 door
4 door
Wagon
Wagon
Sedan
Sedan
Wagon
2 Door
Coupe
Sedan
1999
2002
Upto 1998
Upto 1998
1999
2004
2003
2008
1998
2012
2012
2001
2008
2001
2012
2009
2012
2011
Index From Audi
TO Autocar
Model
A6
A6
A6
A6
A7
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8L
AllRoad
Allroad
Avant
Avant
Q5
Q5
Q7
Q7
R8
RS-4
RS6
RS6
S4
S4
S4 Avant
S4 Cabriolet
S5
S6
S6
S8
TT
TT
Model
All
Body Style
Sedan
Sedan
4 door
Wagon
Sedan
Sedan
Sedan
Sedan
Wagon
Wagon
Begin Year
1998
2011
Upto 1998
Upto 1998
2011
1998
1998
1998
2001
2012
2001
End Year
2011
2013
1998
2005
1998
2009
2009
2007
2007
2008
2006
2004
2004
2000
2006
2001
2006
2008
2003
2003
2001
2000
2000
2005
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2009
2009
2009
2002
2012
2002
2001
2012
2009
2009
2003
2006
2012
SUV
SUV
SUV
SUV
Coupe
Wagon
Coupe
Sedan
Roadster
2 DOOR
Autocar
Method
M1
2012
2003
2003
2013
2006
Begin Year
All
Page #
43
41
36
37
46
44
44
37
44
45
44
48
47
48
47
47
48
47
48
50
39
42
43
38
39
38
40
50
42
43
44
49
49
Page #
52
Index
Method
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
Audi
Page 769
Page 770
Index From BMW
Index
Model
3 Series
3 Series
3 Series
3 Series
325ci
325i
330i
5 Series
5 Series
5 series
550i
6 Series
6 Series
645
650I
7 Series
7 Series
745
760
8 Series
M Coupe
M Coupe
M Roadster
M Roadster
M3
M3
X3
X5
Z3
Z4
Z8
Model
Century
Century
Century
Electra
Electra
To Buick
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
BMW
Body Style
Convertible
Framed Window
Coupe
Wagon
4 door
Coupe
Buick
Body Style
4 door
2 & 4 Door
4 Door
4 door
2 Door
Begin Year
1997
2000
2007
2008
2006
2006
2006
2001
2005
upto 2000
2005
2004
upto 2003
2005
2006
1989
2002
2005
2006
Upto 1998
1998
2007
1998
2007
2000
Upto 1999
2004
2002
1997
2003
All
End Year
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
Begin Year
1980
1984
1997
1980
1980
End Year
1982
1996
2005
1984
1984
2012
2012
2012
2012
2001
2009
2008
2008
2002
2010
2002
2010
2010
2009
2009
2002
2009
Page #
54
53
54
54
54
53
53
53
53
56
53
54
56
54
54
56
53
53
53
55
56
54
56
54
54
56
53
53
57
57
57
Page #
185
186
302
185
250
Index From Buick
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Buick
Body Style
2 & 4 door
4 Door
Seda
4 door
2 Door
4 door
4 door
2 & 4 door
2 door
2 door
4 door
4 door
2 & 4 Door
Wagon
Front Wheel Drive

2 Door
Wagon
4 door
2 & 4 Door
Begin Year
1985
2008
1980
2010
2005
1980
1980
1986
1992
1992
2000
2006
1980
1985
1991
1991
1998
1991
1991
1998
2004
2004
1988
1980
1998
2008
2011
2011
1986
1982
2002
2004
1980
1986
1994
1991
1991
1984
Page 771
End Year
1990
2012
1990
2012
2009
1985
1985
1991
1999
1999
2005
2011
1984
1990
1996
1996
2005
1996
1996
2005
2006
2007
1991
1987
2004
2010
2013
2013
1987
1986
2007
2006
1985
1993
1999
1996
1996
1989
Page #
219
282
206
201
187
206
250
219
289
290
188
315
185
219
289
290
189
289
290
189
266
266
190
191
302
198
197
196
195
185
192
192
250
296
193
194
217
243
Index
Electra
Enclave
Estate Wagon
La cross
LaCrosse
LeSabre
LeSabre
LeSabre
LeSabre
LeSabre
LeSabre
Lucerne
Park Avenue
Park Avenue
Park Avenue
Park Avenue
Park Avenue
Park Avenue Ultra
Park Avenue Ultra
Park Avenue Ultra
Rainer Ultra
Rainier
Reatta
Regal
Regal
Regal
Regal
Regal
Regal Somerset
Regal Wagon
Rendezvous
Rendezvous Ultra
Riviera
Riviera
Riviera
Roadmaster Estate
Roadmaster Sedan
Skyhawk
TO Buick
Page 772
Index From Buick
Model
Skylark
Skylark
Skylark
Skylark
Teraza
Verano
Verano
Index
Model
Allant
Allant
Brougham
Brougham
Catera
Cimarron
Coupe Deville
Coupe Deville
CTS
CTS
CTS
CTS
CTS Coupe
CTS Sport Wagon
CTS V
CTS-V
CTSV
Deville
Deville
Deville
Deville
DeVille
Deville
Deville
Deville
Deville
Deville
DeVille Concours
Deville Concours
To Cadillac
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Buick
Body Style
4 Door
2 Door
2 Door
4 Door
4 Door
Cadillac
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M2
M1
M1
Body Style
2 Door
4 Door
2 & 4 door
4 door
Sedan
Wagon
2 door
4 door
4 door
2 door
2 Door
4 Door
2 door
4 door
2 Door
4 Door
2 Door
4 door
2 Door
4 door
Begin Year
1980
1986
1987
1992
2005
2012
2012
End Year
1985
1997
1991
1997
2007
2013
2013
Page #
243
195
195
253
199
242
201
Begin Year
1987
1992
1985
1985
1997
1982
1979
1985
2002
2008
2011
2011
2011
2010
2009
2006
2011
1977
1977
1985
1985
1994
1994
2000
2000
2000
2000
1994
2000
End Year
1991
1993
1992
1992
2001
1987
1984
1993
2007
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2007
2012
1984
1984
1993
1993
1999
1999
2005
2005
2005
2005
1999
2002
Page #
202
203
206
206
204
243
206
218
205
227
227
227
228
227
227
205
228
206
206
218
207
208
208
209
209
210
210
208
209
Index From Cadillac Index From Make To Make

TO Cadillac
Model
Method
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M2
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
2 door
Touring Coupe
Sport Coupe
2 Door
4 Door
2 Door
4 Door
4 door
2 Door
4 Door
4 Door
4 door
Begin Year
2000
2006
1971
1979
1986
1992
1992
1992
1998
1998
2002
2002
2007
2002
2002
2002
2002
2007
2003
2003
2007
1977
1977
1985
1985
1993
1994
1977
1977
1985
1993
1982
1993
1977
1985
1980
1986
1992
End Year
2002
2013
1978
1984
1991
2002
2002
2002
2000
2000
2006
2006
2013
2006
2006
2006
2006
2013
2006
2006
2012
1984
1984
1992
1992
1996
1999
1992
1984
1992
1996
1992
1996
1984
1993
1985
1991
1997
Page #
210
211
212
250
189
208
208
208
213
214
259
260
215
259
259
260
260
215
259
260
215
216
216
219
219
217
208
206
206
216
217
216
217
206
218
220
189
220
Index
Deville Concours
DTS
El Dorado
El Dorado
El Dorado
El Dorado
El Dorado
El Dorado
Escalade
Escalade
Escalade
Escalade
Escalade
Escalade EXT
Escalade EXT
Escalade EXT
Escalade EXT
Escalade EXT
ESV
ESV
ESV
Fleetwood
Fleetwood
Fleetwood
Fleetwood
Fleetwood
Fleetwood
Fleetwood Brougham
Fleetwood Brougham
Fleetwood Brougham
Fleetwood Brougham
Limousine
Limousine
Sedan Deville
Sedan Deville
Seville
Seville
Seville
Cadillac
Page 773
Page 774
Index From Cadillac
Index
Model
Seville
Seville STS
Seville STS
Seville STS
Sixty Special
Sixty Special
SRX
SRX
STS
STS
STS-V
STS-V
Touring Sedan
XLR
XLR-V
XTS
Model
Astro Van
Astro Van
Avalanche
Avalanche
Aveo
Aveo 5
Beretta
Berlineta
Blazer
Blazer
Blazer
Blazer
Blazer
Blazer
Blazer
Blazer Xtreme
Camaro
Camaro
Camaro
Camaro
To Chevrolet
Cadillac
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
2&4
4 Door
Chevrolet
Method
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
Body Style
4 Door
5 Door
2 door
Full Size
Full Size
S10
K Series
Full Size
S10
S10
Pickup
Begin Year
1998
1986
1992
1998
1980
1985
2004
2010
2005
2005
2006
2006
All
2004
2006
2012
End Year
2004
1991
1997
2002
1993
1988
2009
2013
2013
2012
2012
2012
2009
2009
2013
Page #
221
189
220
221
207
219
222
223
224
225
224
225
207
226
226
229
Begin Year
1985
1985
2002
2007
2004
2009
1988
1982
1980
1980
1985
1992
1992
1995
1995
2002
1982
1993
2010
2010
End Year
2005
2005
2006
2012
2011
2011
1996
1992
1991
1991
1994
1994
1994
2005
2005
2004
1992
2002
2013
2013
Page #
230
231
261
215
232
232
234
239
280
281
219
235
235
237
238
237
239
239
240
241
Index From ChevroletIndex From Make To Make

TO Chevrolet
Model
Method
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
Convertible
Convertible
2 door
4 door
4 door
4 Door
SUV
2 & 4 door
2 & 4 Door
2 & 4 door
All
Wagon
Begin Year
2011
2011
1980
1980
1991
1991
2012
1982
1995
1982
1982
1984
1980
1980
2500/3500Heavy Duty
2001
2500/3500Heavy Duty
2001
2004
2 Door
2005
4 Door
2005
4 Door
2005
2 Door
2005
4 Door
2005
4 Door
2005
Pickup
2004
Pickup
2004
1988
1982
1997
2005
2006
4 door
2011
Wagon
1980
2005
2010
1996
2006
2 door
1980
4 Door
1994
End Year
2013
2013
1990
1990
1996
1996
2013
1994
2005
1994
1990
1991
1987
1985
2006
2006
2005
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2012
2012
1996
1996
2004
2013
2013
2013
1990
2013
2012
2012
2012
1988
1996
Page #
240
241
250
206
194
194
272
243
244
243
244
244
185
243
261
262
253
268
269
270
268
269
270
277
278
234
245
246
226
226
242
206
247
276
267
249
250
194
Index
Camaro
Camaro
Caprice
Caprice & Wagon
Caprice Classic
Caprice Wagon
Captiva
Cavalier
Cavalier
Cavalier Wagon
Celebrity
Celebrity Wagon
Chevette
Citation
Ck Series
Ck Series
Classic
Cobalt
Cobalt
Cobalt
Cobalt SS
Cobalt SS
Cobalt SS
Colorado
Colorado
Corsica
Corvette
Corvette
Corvette
Corvette Z06
Cruz
Custom Cruiser
Equinox
Equinox
Express Van
HHR
Impala
Impala
Chevrolet
Page 775
Page 776
Index From Chevrolet
Index
Model
Impala
Impala
Impala
Impala SS
Lumina
Lumina
Lumina APV
Malibu
Malibu
Malibu
Malibu
Malibu Classic
Malibu Maxx
Metro
Metro
Monte Carlo
Monte Carlo
Monte Carlo LS
Nova
Pick Up
Pick Up
Pickup
Pickup
Pickup
Pickup
Pickup
Pickup
Pickup
Pickup
Pickup
Prizm
S10
S10 Pickup
Silverado
Silverado
Silverado
Silverado
Silverado
To Chevrolet
Chevrolet
Method
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
Body Style
4 Door
4 Door
FWD
Wagon
4 door
4 door
2 Door
4 Door
2 door
2 Door
2 Door
Light Duty 1500
Light Duty 1500
Full size
Full Size
S10 / S15
S10 / S15
Light Duty
Heavy Duty
S10
Heavy Duty
Heavy Duty
4 Door
Pickup
S15
2500/3500
1500
1500
1500
pickup
Begin Year
2000
2000
2006
2006
1988
1995
1990
1982
1982
1997
2004
2004
2004
1998
1998
1980
2000
1995
1985
1999
1999
1980
1980
1985
1985
1989
1989
1994
2001
2001
1993
1994
1985
1989
1989
1999
1999
2007
End Year
2005
2005
2012
2012
1994
2001
1996
1986
1986
2003
2012
2005
2007
2002
2002
1989
2007
1999
1988
2006
2006
1991
1991
1993
1993
1998
2000
2003
2006
2006
2002
2003
1993
2000
1998
2006
2006
2013
Page #
251
252
187
187
234
188
305
185
185
253
315
253
315
254
254
191
293
255
273
261
262
280
281
237
219
257
257
237
261
262
274
237
219
257
257
261
262
215
Index From ChevroletIndex From Make To Make

TO Chevrolet
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M2
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
4 Door
5 Door Hatch
2 Door
2 Door
2 & 4 door
Full Size
Full Size
Full Size
Sedan
Begin Year
2012
2012
1985
1983
1983
1985
2004
1980
1980
1980
1980
1992
1992
2000
2000
2007
1996
1996
2000
2000
2007
1998
1998
2001
2001
1997
2002
2004
2009
2005
1983
1983
1996
1997
2012
1991
1982
1997
End Year
2013
2013
1989
1995
1995
1988
2006
1991
1991
1991
1991
1999
1999
2006
2006
2012
1998
1998
2006
2006
2012
2000
2000
2006
2006
2004
2009
2006
2012
2009
1995
1995
2012
2004
2013
1994
1996
2003
Page #
233
233
206
280
281
275
256
280
280
281
281
257
258
261
262
215
235
236
261
262
215
235
236
261
262
265
266
266
282
199
280
281
267
199
271
243
245
246
Index
Sonic
Sonic
Spectrum
Sports Van
Sports Van
Sprint
SSR
Suburban
Suburban
Suburban
Suburban
Suburban
Suburban
Suburban
Suburban
Suburban
Tahoe
Tahoe
Tahoe
Tahoe
Tahoe
Tahoe Z71
Tahoe Z71
Tahoe Z71
Tahoe Z71
Tracker
TrailBlazer
TrailBlazer EXT
Traverse
Uplander
Van
Van
Van
Venture
Volt
Z24
ZR1
ZR1
Chevrolet
Page 777
Page 778
Index From Chevrolet HT
Index
Chevrolet HT
Model
4500
5500
C Series
C Series
C Series
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
T Series
T Series
Van Cab
W Series
W Series
W Series
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
Model
200
200
200
300C
300C SRT
300M
Aspen
Cirrus
Concorde
Concorde
Conquest
Crossfire
Crossfire
Crossfire
Crossfire
Fifth Avenue
Fifth Avenue
Fifth Avenue
Imperial
Imperial
Imperial
Laser
LeBaron
LeBaron
To Chrysler
Body Style
Horizontal Linkage
Horizontal Linkage
Horizontal Linkage
Horizontal Linkage
Vertical Buttons and
Vent Windows
Medium Duty
Medium Duty
Light Duty
Light Duty
Light Duty
Chrysler
Method
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
Convertible
4 door
Coupe
SRT 6
Roadster
Convertible
2 Door
4 Door
Begin Year
2003
2003
1989
2003
Pre 1989
End Year
2012
2009
2002
2009
Page #
60
60
59
60
58
1996
Pre 1995
All
1996
Pre 1995
Pre 1995
2006
66
65
61
64
62
63
Begin Year
2011
2011
2011
2005
2005
1999
2007
1995
1993
1998
1984
2004
2005
2005
2005
1980
1985
1990
1980
1986
1990
1984
1982
1982
2009
End Year
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2004
2009
2000
1997
2004
1989
2008
2006
2008
2008
1985
1989
1993
1985
1989
1993
1989
1989
1989
Page #
68
68
69
67
67
67
67
67
76
67
103
70
70
70
70
74
71
71
74
71
71
73
73
73
Index From Chrysler Index From Make To Make

TO Daihatsu
Model
Model
Lanos
Lanos
Lanos Sport
Leganza
Nubira
Nubira
Model
Charade
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
Wagon
4 Door
Convertible
Convertible
Coupe
4 Door
Convertible
Convrtiblr
Wagon
Daewoo
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
2 Door
4 Door
Hatch Back
4 DOOR
4 Door
Wagon
Daihatsu
Method
M1
Begin Year
1990
1990
1990
1994
1989
1980
1986
1990
1994
1990
2004
2001
2001
2005
1995
1996
2001
2001
2001
2007
2007
1984
1991
2008
1984
2001
End Year
1995
1995
1995
2001
1991
1985
1989
1993
1995
1993
2008
2002
2011
2008
2000
2000
2006
2006
2006
2012
2012
1990
2007
2012
1988
2003
Page #
75
75
75
76
73
74
71
71
76
71
77
78
79
79
80
81
83
82
83
86
86
73
85
87
73
85
Begin Year
1998
1998
End Year
2002
2002
1998
1998
1998
2002
2002
2002
Page #
113
114
113
115
116
116
Begin Year
All
Page #
117
Body Style
3 door/All
Index
LeBaron
LeBaron Convertible
LeBaron GTC Convertible
LHS
Maserati TC
New Yorker
New Yorker
New Yorker
New Yorker
New Yorker Salon
Pacifica
Prowler
PT Cruiser
PT Cruiser
Sebring
Sebring
Sebring
Sebring
Sebring
Sebring
Sebring
Town & Country
Town & Country
Town & Country
Town & Country Wagon
Voyager
Chrysler
Page 779
Page 780
Index From Daihatsu
Model
To Dodge
Daihatsu
Method
M1
Charade
Index
Model
3500 Cab Chassis

4500 /5500
4500 /5500
600
Aries
Avenger
Avenger
Avenger
Cab Chassis
Caliber
Caliber SRT
Caravan
Caravan
Challenger
Charger
Charger
Charger
Colt
Colt
Colt
Colt Vista
Colt Vista
Colt Vista
Dakota
Dakota
Dakota
Dakota
Daytona
Daytona
Diplomat
Durango
Durango
Durango
Durango
Dynasty
Method
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M2
M1
M2
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Dodge
Body Style
Truck
cab Chasssis
cab Chasssis
Truck
2 Door
Horizontal
Pop up locks
Pop up locks
Horizontal
Pop up locks
Pop up locks
SUV
Body Style
4 door/All
Begin Year
2008
2008
2008
1984
1984
1995
2008
2010
2008
2006
2006
1984
1991
2009
1984
2006
2011
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1988
1997
2001
2005
1984
1990
1982
1998
2001
2004
2011
1988
Begin Year
All
Page #
117
End Year
2012
2012
2012
1988
1988
2000
2010
2013
2009
2012
2012
1990
2007
2013
1990
2010
2013
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1996
2000
2004
2012
1990
1994
1989
2000
2003
2008
2013
1993
Page #
105
105
107
73
73
80
82
84
105
109
109
73
85
88
73
82
84
89
72
72
89
72
72
101
90
91
92
73
75
101
92
91
92
93
101
Index From Dodge
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M2
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Dodge
Body Style
2 door
4 door
4 door
4door
1500
Truck
Van
Van
Truck
Truck
2500 Series
2500 Series
3500 Series
3500 Series
1500
2500, 3500
2500
2500
1500
Truck
Truck
Truck
Begin Year
1991
2008
1993
1993
1998
2008
1984
2005
1990
1994
1994
2000
2002
2004
2007
1983
2009
1979
1985
1985
1994
1994
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2004
2009
2009
2009
2008
2009
2011
2004
2004
1998
1984
Page 781
End Year
2007
2012
1997
2006
2004
2012
1989
2008
1992
1999
1999
2005
2003
2005
2012
1990
2012
1993
1997
1997
2001
2001
2002
2002
2002
2002
2008
2008
2012
2012
2012
2009
2009
2012
2005
2009
2003
1994
Page #
85
87
76
76
76
108
73
67
75
94
95
96
96
96
104
101
110
97
101
72
98
71
98
71
98
71
99
99
110
110
110
105
107
106
99
99
100
101
Index
Grand Caravan
Grand Caravan
Intrepid
Intrepid
Intrepid
Journey
Lancer
Magnum
Monaco
Neon
Neon
Neon
Neon RT
Neon SRT-4
Nitro
Omni
Pickup
Ram
Ram
Ram
Ram
Ram
Ram
Ram
Ram
Ram
Ram
Ram
Ram
Ram
Ram
Ram 4500/5500
Ram 4500/5500
Ram 4500/5500
Ram Power Wagon
Ram SRT
Ram Van
Shadow
TO Dodge
Page 782
Index From Dodge
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M2
Shelby Charger
Spirit
Sprinter
Stealth
Stratus
Stratus
Stratus RT
Truck
Truck
Truck
Van
Van
Index
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Medallion
Premier
Summit
Summit
Summit Wagon
Talon
Talon
Vision
To Fiat
Dodge
Body Style
4 Door
Coupe
Full Size
Full Size
Full Size
Full Size
Full Size
Eagle
Body Style
GTS
Model
Method
M1
M1
500
500C
Model
All
X/19
End Year
1990
1995
2009
1999
2006
2006
2006
1993
2001
2001
1997
1997
Page #
73
101
102
103
76
83
83
97
98
71
101
72
Begin Year
End Year
1988
1989
1989
1989
1990
1995
1993
1992
1992
1992
1992
1994
1999
1997
Page #
101
101
101
89
101
112
111
76
4 DOOR
2 Door
4 DOOR
Ferrari
Model
Begin Year
1984
1989
2004
1991
1995
2001
2002
1979
1994
1994
1985
1985
FIAT
Body Style
Coup
Coupe
Fiat
Method
M1
Begin Year
2011
2011
Method
M1
M1
Begin Year
All
Page #
118
End Year
2013
2013
Page #
121
121
Begin Year
All
All
Page #
119
120
Index From Ford
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M2
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
Ford
Body Style
Full Size
Full Size
Van
4 door
Van
Van
SUV
Begin Year
2006
1987
1994
1994
1979
1979
1983
1983
1992
2012
1995
1995
1981
2001
1981
1985
2001
1985
1985
1998
2008
2007
2011
2001
2005
1983
1983
1996
1998
2000
1983
1983
1997
2007
1991
2002
2002
2006
Page 783
End Year
2007
1997
1997
1997
1998
1996
1996
1996
2005
2013
2000
2000
1991
2003
1991
2007
2005
1991
1991
2005
2012
2010
2013
2013
2013
1995
1995
1998
2003
2005
1990
1990
2006
2012
2001
2005
2005
2010
Page #
127
143
132
131
123
124
123
124
155
154
125
126
150
140
150
127
155
155
155
155
155
128
129
130
130
131
132
156
156
133
131
132
133
133
122
135
136
133
Index
500
Aerostar
Aspire
Aspire
Bronco
Bronco
Bronco II
Bronco II
Club Wagon
Cmax
Contour
Contour
Country Squire
Crew Cab F Series
Crown Victoria
Crown Victoria
E Series
Econoline
Econoline
Econoline
Econoline
Edge
Edge
Escape
Escape Hybrid
Escort
Escort
Escort
Escort ZX2
Excursion
EXP
EXP
Expedition
Expedition
Explorer
Explorer
Explorer
Explorer
TO Ford
Page 784
Index From Ford
Index
Model
Explorer
Explorer Sport
Explorer Sport-Trac
Explorer Sport-Track
F Series
F Series
F-150
F-150
F-150
F-150
F-250/550
Fairmont
Fairmont
Festiva
Festiva
Fiesta
Fiesta
Fiesta
Fiesta
Flex
Focus
Focus
Focus
Focus
Focus
Freestar
Freestyle
Fusion
Fusion
Granada
LTD
Mustang
Mustang
Probe
Ranger
SVT Lightning
SVT ZX5 ZT5
SVT Focus
To Ford
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Ford
Body Style
2 Door
4 Door
Cab Chasssis
5 door Hatch
4 door
5 door Hatch
4 door
3 door
2 door
5 door Hatch
4 door
2 door
New Style
ZTW ZX3
Begin Year
2011
2001
2006
2001
1997
2004
1985
1985
1997
2004
2004
1983
1983
1988
1988
2011
2011
2011
2011
2009
2000
2000
2008
2012
2012
2004
2005
2006
2010
All
1982
1983
2005
1993
1989
2004
2000
2004
End Year
2013
2003
2010
2005
2003
2012
1996
1996
2003
2012
2012
1990
1990
1994
1994
2013
2013
2013
2013
2012
2007
2007
2011
2013
2013
2007
2007
2009
2012
1991
2004
2012
1997
2012
2008
2007
2007
Page #
134
133
133
137
140
176
138
139
140
140
140
131
132
131
132
159
158
158
159
160
142
142
156
157
157
143
148
144
163
131
150
145
146
147
133
140
142
142
Index From Ford
Model
Model
All
All
All
Cab Over
Cargo 6000
Cargo 7000
Cargo 8000
F350, F450, 550
F350, F450, 550
F350/F450/F550
F650
F650, F750
F650, F750
F800
F850
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M2
M2
M1
M1
Ford
Body Style
Four Door
Van
Van
Full Size
Full Size
Full Size
Full Size
Full Size
Ford HT
Method
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
Heavy Duty
Cab Over
Cab Over
Cab Over
Medium Duty
Medium Duty
Medium Duty
Heavy Duty
Medium Duty
Medium Duty
Medium Duty
Medium Duty
Page 785
Begin Year
2004
1985
1992
1996
2008
2010
2008
1984
1984
1989
2010
2010
1979
1979
1997
1985
1992
1994
2004
End Year
2004
1991
1995
2006
2009
2012
2009
1994
1988
1997
2012
2012
1996
1996
2003
1991
2005
2003
2006
Page #
145
149
150
151
127
162
127
149
149
127
152
153
138
139
140
155
155
143
133
Begin Year
1996
Pre 1996
Pre 1996
End Year
1998 1/2
Page #
171
169
170
174
172
172
172
175
173
176
177
173
175
173
175
All
All
1997
Pre-1996
2008
2007
1997
Upto 1996
1997
2007
2012
2012
2012
2012
Index
SVT Mustang Cobra

Taurus
Taurus
Taurus
Taurus
Taurus
TaurusX
Tempo
Thunderbird
Thunderbird
Transit Connect
Transit Connect
Truck
Truck
Truck
Van
Van
Windstar
XLS
TO Ford HT
Page 786
Index From Freightliner
Model
Index
All other Freightliners

Cab Over
Century Classic
Classic XL
Colombia Series
Columbia Class
FL Series
FL112
FL60, FL70
FL80
FLD Series
M2
Sprinter
Model
Metro
Prizm
Prizm
Prizm
Prizm
Storm
Storm 2+2 Coupe
Storm Hatchback
Tracker
Model
Acadia
Blazer
Canyon
Canyon
Envoy
Envoy
Envoy
Envoy XL
Envoy XUV
Jimmy
Jimmy
To GMC
Freightliner
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Method
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Method
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
Body Style
Heavy Duty
Heavy Duty
Begin Year
All
All
All
All
End Year
All
All
All
All
All
All
2004
Geo
Body Style
2 & 4 Door
4 Door
4 Door
4 Door
2 & 4 door
GMC
Body Style
SUV
Full Size
Full Size
Full Size
2012
Page #
178
180
178
178
178
184
179
179
179
179
183
182
181
Begin Year
1985
1989
1993
1993
1998
1990
1990
1990
1985
End Year
1998
1992
1997
1997
1993
1993
1993
1998
Page #
275
273
273
274
274
275
275
275
265
Begin Year
2007
1992
2004
2004
1998
1998
2002
2004
2004
1980
1980
End Year
2012
1994
2012
2012
2001
2001
2009
2008
2008
1991
1991
Page #
282
235
277
278
237
238
266
266
266
280
281
Index From GMC
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
GMC
Body Style
S15
Full Size
S15
S15
Full Size
Full Size
2500/3500 HD
1500 Series
1500 Series
2500/3500
1500
1500
1500
2500/3500
2500/3500
pickup
Heavy Duty
Pickup
Crew cab
SUV Crossover
Rally/Cargo
Rally/Cargo
Full Size
Full Size
Full Size
Page 787
Begin Year
1985
1992
1995
1995
1980
1989
1989
1999
1999
1985
1985
1996
1989
1989
1999
1999
2001
2001
2007
2001
2001
1985
1990
1980
1980
1992
1992
2010
1985
End Year
1994
1994
2001
2001
1991
1999
2000
2006
2005
2005
2005
2006
2000
1998
2006
2005
2006
2005
2012
2006
2005
2003
2004
1991
1991
1999
1999
2012
1994
1983
1983
1983
1996
1996
1996
2000
2000
1995
1995
1995
2006
1999
1999
2006
2006
Page #
219
235
237
238
279
258
258
263
264
230
231
267
258
258
263
264
263
264
215
263
264
237
237
280
281
257
258
276
219
281
280
280
281
267
235
236
263
264
Index
Jimmy
Jimmy
Jimmy
Jimmy
Pickup
Pickup
Pickup
Pickup
Pickup
Safari
Safari
Savana
Sierra
Sierra
Sierra
Sierra
Sierra
Sierra
Sierra
Sierra Denali
Sierra Denali
Sonoma
Sonoma
Suburban
Suburban
Suburban
Suburban
Terrain
Typhoon
Van
Van
Van
Van
Van
Yukon
Yukon
Yukon
Yukon
TO GMC
Page 788
Index From GMC
Model
Yukon
Yukon Denali
Yukon Denali
Yukon Denali
Yukon Denali
Yukon Denali
Yukon XL
Yukon XL Denali
Yukon XL Denali
Yukon XLT
Yukon XLT
Index
Model
C Series
C Series
C Series
Cab Over
T Body
T Series
Van Cab
W Series
W Series
W Series
Model
Conventional Cab
Model
Conventional Cab
FA Series
FE Series
Old Style
To Hino Heavy Trucks
Method
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
GMC
Body Style
Begin Year
2007
1998
1998
2001
2001
2007
2007
2000
2000
2000
2000
End Year
2012
2000
2000
2006
2006
2012
2012
2006
2006
2006
2006
Page #
215
235
236
263
264
215
215
263
264
263
264
Method
Body Style
Begin Year
M1
Horizontal Linkage
1989
M1
All Heavy and Medium
2003
Duty with Horizontal
Linkage
M1
Vent Windows
Pre 1989
M1
Heavy Duty
M1
Medium Duty
Pre 1995
M1
Medium Duty
1996
M1
All
M1
Light Duty
1995 1/2
M1
Light Duty
Pre 1995
M2
Light Duty
Pre 1995
End Year
2002
2009
Page #
321
322
GMC HT
Hino 258
Method
M1
Begin Year
2003
Hino Heavy Trucks

Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
Begin Year
2003
All
All
2009
2009
320
320
318
319
323
317
316
317
End Year
2012
Page #
324
End Year
2012
Page #
324
325
326
327
Index From Honda
Model
Method
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Honda
Body Style
Vert. Locks
Horiz. locks
Vert. Locks
4 Door
2 Door
4 Door
2 Door
2 Door
4 Door
4 Door
2 Door
4 Door
2 Dr
Horizontal
2 & 4 Door
Vert. Locks
2 & 4 Door
Vert. Locks
2 Door
4 Door
2 Door
4 Door
4 Door
2 Door
4 Door
2 Door
2 Door
Hybrid
3 door hatch
2 & 4 Door
SUV
Begin Year
1976
1976
1976
1994
1995
1998
1998
2003
2003
2008
2008
2005
2005
1985
1985
1989
1990
1990
1990
1990
1996
1996
2001
2001
2006
2006
2012
2012
2012
2012
2004
2002
2006
2012
2010
1997
2002
2007
Page 789
End Year
1993
1994
1993
1997
1997
2002
2002
2007
2007
2012
2012
2007
2007
1989
1994
1994
1995
1995
1995
1995
2000
2000
2005
2005
2011
2011
2013
2013
2013
2013
2005
2005
2011
2013
2012
2001
2006
2012
Page #
329
328
330
334
331
333
333
333
333
352
350
333
333
328
328
328
329
329
330
330
331
334
335
336
337
337
338
338
338
338
336
333
337
338
351
339
340
347
Index
Accord
Accord
Accord
Accord
Accord
Accord
Accord
Accord
Accord
Accord
Accord
Accord Hybrid
Accord Hybrid
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic
Civic Hybrid
Civic SI
Civic Si
Civic SI
Crostour
CRV
CRV
CRV
TO Honda
Page 790
Index From Honda
Index
Model
CRX
CRZ
Del Sol
Del Sol
Del Sol
Element
FCX Clarity
Fit
Fit
Insight
Oddysey
Oddysey
Oddysey
Oddysey
Passport
Passport
Pilot
Pilot
Prelude
Ridgeline
S2000
Model
H1
H1
H1 Alpha
H2
H2
H3
H3x
SUT
Model
Accent
Accent
Accent
Accent
To Hyundai
Method
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Honda
Body Style
2 door
van
Hummer
Method
M1
M2
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
Soft Top
Hyundai
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
2/4 DOOR
Hatchback
Begin Year
1989
2011
1993
1993
1996
2003
2012
2007
2009
2001
1995
1999
1999
2011
1994
1998
2003
2009
1988
2005
2000
End Year
1996
2013
1995
1995
1998
2012
2013
2008
2012
2012
1998
2010
2010
2013
1997
2002
2008
2012
1996
2012
2009
Page #
328
346
329
330
331
341
355
348
349
332
330
342
343
344
342
330
353
354
328
341
345
Begin Year
1997
1997
2006
2003
2008
2005
2008
2005
End Year
2005
2007
2008
2007
2010
2008
2010
2007
Page #
284
285
283
286
288
287
287
286
Begin Year
1995
2000
2001
2006
End Year
1999
2005
2002
2011
Page #
356
357
357
358
Index From Hyundai Index From Make To TO

Hyundai HT
Make
Hyundai
Model
Accent
Azera
Azera
Elantra
Elantra
Elantra
Elantra
Elantra
Elantra
Elantra GT
Entourage
Equius
Excel
Genesis
Genesis
Santa Fe
Sante Fe
Scoupe
Sonata
Sonata
Sonata
Sonata
Sonata
Sonata
Tiburon
Tiburon
Tuscon
Tuscon
Velostar
Veracruz
XG300
XG350
Model
Bering Medium Duty

Light Duty
Body Style
Begin Year
2012
2006
2011
1992
1996
2001
2002
2007
2011
2004
2007
2011
1986
2009
2010
2000
2007
1991
1989
1997
1999
2002
2006
2011
1997
2003
2005
2011
2012
2007
2001
2002
4/WAGON
5 door-Hatch
4 door
4 Door
4 door
2 door
4 door
4 door
4 door
Hyundai HT
Method
M1
M1
End Year
2013
2010
2012
1995
2000
2006
2006
2010
2013
2006
2008
2013
1994
2013
2013
2006
2012
1995
1996
1998
2001
2005
2010
2012
2002
2008
2010
2013
2013
2012
2005
2005
Page #
359
360
361
357
362
363
363
363
364
363
377
382
367
381
380
366
378
365
367
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
383
379
376
376
Begin Year
All
All
Page #
385
384
Index
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Page 791
Page 792
Index From Infiniti
Index
Model
EX
EX
FX 45
FX35
FX35
FX35
G IPL
G20
G20
G25
G25
G35
G35
G35
G35 Sport
G37
G37
I30
I30
I35
J30
M30
M35
M37
M37
M45
M45
M56
M56
Q45
Q45
Q45
Q45 Sport
QX4
QX4
QX56
QX56
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
To Infiniti
Infiniti
Body Style
5 door
3 Door
SUV
4 Door
2 Door
4 Door
2 Door
4 Door
Coupe
2 door
4 Door
4 Door
4 door
Hybrid
Hybrid
Begin Year
2008
2008
2003
2003
2007
2009
2010
1997
1997
2010
2011
2003
2003
2010
2007
2008
2010
1996
2000
2002
1993
1990
2006
2010
2011
2003
2006
2010
2011
1990
1997
2002
2006
1997
1997
2005
2011
End Year
2012
2012
2012
2012
2008
2011
2012
2002
2002
2012
2013
2008
2012
2012
2008
2009
2012
1999
2001
2004
1998
1993
2010
2012
2013
2004
2010
2012
2013
1996
2001
2008
2007
2003
2003
2010
2014
Page #
401
402
386
386
401
401
391
387
388
391
389
390
389
391
397
389
391
393
392
392
393
395
394
403
403
389
394
403
403
395
396
397
397
398
399
400
401
Index From International

TO Isuzu
Model
4000
4000 Series
4000 Series
4300
7000
Cab Over
Durastar
Eagle
Eagle
Eagle
Heavy Duty Models
Heavy Duty Models
Heavy Duty Models
Pay Star
Amigo
Ascender
Ascender
Axiom
Hombre
i-280
I-290
i-350
I-370
I-Mark
Impulse
Oasis
Pickup
Rodeo
Rodeo
Rodeo Sport
Stylus
Trooper
Trooper
VehiCross
VX-4
Method
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
Heavy Duty
Medium Duty
Slanted Doors
Flat Doors
Slanted Doors
Slanted Doors
Flat Doors
Slanted Doors
Heavy Duty
Isuzu
Body Style
Hard & Soft Top
2 & 4 Door
Begin Year
up to 2001
up to 2001
All
All
All
2008
All
All
All
End Year
2012
All
Begin Year
1994
2003
2007
2002
1996
2006
2006
2006
2007
1985
1990
1996
1990
1991
1998
2001
1990
1984
2001
1999
End Year
2000
2006
2009
2004
2001
2008
2008
2008
2008
1993
1993
2000
1995
1997
2004
2003
1993
2000
2002
2001
Page #
411
404
405
411
411
407
405
409
408
410
409
408
410
406
Page #
416
412
412
413
412
414
414
414
420
416
415
417
416
416
417
416
418
416
416
419
419
Index
Model
International
Page 793
Page 794
Index From Isuzu HT
Model
To Jeep
Isuzu HT
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
FTR
FTR
NPR
NPR
NPR
Index
Model
Coupe Convertible
Majestic
S TYPE
S Type R
Sovereign
Vanden Plas
Vanden Plas
Vanden Plas
X Type
X-Type Wagon
XF
XJ
XJ12
XJ6
XJ8
XJ8
XJR
XJR
XJR-S
XJS
XK
XK8
XK8
XKF
XKR
XKR
Model
Cherokee
CJ Series
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Method
M1
M1
Jaguar
Body Style
Coupe
Convertible
Convertible
Coupe
Jeep
Body Style
Begin Year
1996
Pre-1995
1996
Pre-1995
Pre-1995
End Year
2008
Begin Year
1984
End Year
1996
2000
2003
1990
1986
1997
1997
2002
2005
2009
2010
1980
1987
1997
1997
1997
1997
1984
1984
2007
1997
1997
2009
1997
1997
2009
2012
1999
1996
2005
2005
2006
2006
2012
2012
1996
1996
2006
2009
2006
2006
1996
1996
2012
2009
2009
2012
2009
2006
Page #
429
426
431
431
426
426
427
428
431
431
432
432
426
426
427
428
427
428
429
429
430
430
430
432
430
430
Begin Year
1979
1986
End Year
2001
1997
Page #
433
438
2008
Page #
425
424
423
421
422
Index From Jeep
Model
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Amanti
Borrego
Cinco
Body Style
Begin Year
1998
1986
2005
2007
1993
1999
2005
2011
1993
2002
2008
2007
1980
1986
1998
2006
2005
UV
Kenworth
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
C series
Cab Over
K300 Cab Over
T2000
T300
T300
T400
T400
T600
T600
T800
T800
W Series
Model
Jeep
Method
M1
M1
M1
Kia
Body Style
Page 795
End Year
2002
1992
2010
2012
1998
2004
2010
2013
1995
2007
2012
2012
1992
1997
2004
2012
2012
Page #
439
433
436
440
434
435
436
437
434
437
442
440
433
438
439
441
441
Body Style
Begin Year
Heavy Duty
Medium Duty
All
All
All
All
All
All
Page #
446
443
445
445
444
443
444
443
443
444
444
443
446
End Year
2009
2011
2005
Page #
457
467
452
Slanted Doors
Flat Doors
Slanted Doors
Flat Doors
Flat Doors
Slanted Doors
Slanted Doors
Flat Doors
Begin Year
2004
2009
2002
All
All
All
Index
CJ Series
Comanche
Commander
Compass
Grand Cherokee
Grand Cherokee
Grand Cherokee
Grand Cherokee
Grand Wagoneer
Liberty
Liberty
Patriot
Wagoneer
Wrangler
Wrangler
Wrangler
Wrangler Unlimited
TO Kia
Page 796
Index From Kia
Index
Model
Forte
Forte
Forte
Forte
Forte Coupe
Optima
Optima
Optima
Optima
Optima
Rio
Rio
Rio
Rio
Rio 5
Rio Cinco
Rondo
Sedona
Sedona
Sephia
Sephia
Sorento
Sorento
Soul
Spectra
Spectra
Spectra
Spectra 5
Sportage
Sportage
Sportage
Model
All Models
Discovery
Evoque
Freelander
Freelander
To Land Rover
Method
M1
M1
M2
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Kia
Body Style
5 door
4 door
5 door
4 door
2 door
Sedan
Sedan
Hybrid
2 & 4 Door
4 door
5 door
Mini Van
Hatchback
Land Rover
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
4 door
3 Door
Begin Year
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2001
2001
2007
2011
2011
2001
2006
2011
2011
2006
2004
2007
2002
2006
1994
1998
2003
2010
2010
2001
2002
2005
2005
1995
2005
2011
End Year
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2006
2006
2010
2013
2013
2005
2010
2013
2013
2010
2005
2010
2005
2012
1997
2001
2009
2012
2011
2004
2004
2010
2010
2002
2010
2013
Page #
469
469
470
470
468
448
449
450
451
451
452
453
454
455
453
452
465
456
457
452
458
459
460
447
461
461
462
462
463
464
466
Begin Year
1980
1994
2011
2002
2003
End Year
1993
2004
2013
2005
2005
Page #
471
471
476
472
472
Index From Land Rover

TO Lexus
Model
LR2
LR3
LR4
Range Rover
Range Rover
Range Rover Sport
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
Lexus
Body Style
series
SUV
SUV
Begin Year
2006
2005
2006
1994
2001
2006
End Year
2012
2009
2012
2000
2012
2012
Page #
475
473
475
474
475
475
Begin Year
1990
All
1992
2002
2004
2007
2012
1994
1994
2006
2010
2010
2003
2010
2006
2006
2010
2001
2002
2010
1990
2001
1996
1999
2008
1999
2004
2006
1992
1992
End Year
1992
Page #
479
488
477
478
478
488
489
479
479
479
480
491
480
492
483
483
490
488
488
490
485
485
485
481
484
485
486
482
485
485
1996
2003
2006
2012
2013
2008
2000
2010
2012
2012
2010
2012
2010
2010
2012
2005
2005
2012
2000
2006
1998
2007
2012
2003
2007
2008
2000
2000
Index
ES250
ES250
ES300
ES300
ES330
ES350
ES350
GS300
GS400
GS430
GX
GX460
GX470
HS250h
IS 250
IS 350
IS Convertible
IS300
IS300 Sport
ISC
LS400
LS430
LX 450
LX 470
LX570
RX 300
RX330
RX400h
SC300
SC400
Land Rover
Page 797
Page 798
Index From Lexus
Model
Method
M1
SC430
Index
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Aviator
Blackwood
Continental
Continental
Continental
LS Series
Mark LT
Mark VII
Mark VIII
MKS
MKT
MKX
MKX
MKZ
MKZ
Navigator
Navigator
Navigator XL
Town Car
Town Car
Town Car
Zephyr
To Mack
Lexus
Body Style
Lincoln
Body Style
Crossover
4 door
Lotus
Model
Elan
Esprit
Model
All Other
Cab Over
Freedom
Granite
MR Series
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Begin Year
2002
End Year
2012
Page #
487
Begin Year
2003
2002
1980
1989
1996
2000
2006
1987
1993
2010
2010
2007
2011
2007
2010
1997
2007
2008
1985
1990
1998
2006
End Year
2005
2003
1988
1995
2002
2006
2008
1992
1998
2011
2012
2010
2013
2009
2012
2006
2011
2011
1989
1997
2012
Page #
164
140
168
127
127
166
165
167
165
162
161
128
129
144
163
127
133
133
168
168
127
144
Begin Year
All
Page #
493
493
End Year
Page #
494
494
495
496
494
Method
M1
M1
Mack
Body Style
Cab Over
Heavy Duty
Heavy Duty Cab Over
Begin Year
All
All
All
All
Index From Mack
TO Mazda
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
MS Series
New Style
Old Style
Vision
Model
Mack
Body Style
Medium Duty Cab
Paddle Handle
Lever Type Handle
Maserati
Biturbo Zagato
Model
Body Style
5 door Hatch
4 door
4 door
5 door Hatch
Sedan
Hatchback
Method
M1
Begin Year
2011
2011
2011
2011
2004
2010
2010
1990
2006
2012
2003
2009
2004
2004
1983
1993
1998
1988
1992
2001
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
End Year
2012
Page #
497
498
499
500
Begin Year
All
Page #
501
End Year
2013
2013
2013
2013
2009
2012
2012
1995
2011
2013
2008
2012
2008
2008
1992
1997
2002
1991
1995
2010
2000
2000
2001
2001
2001
2001
2001
2001
Page #
503
503
504
504
505
506
506
518
507
508
510
521
510
510
518
519
511
518
512
518
518
519
518
519
518
519
518
519
Index
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
323
5
5
6
6
6 Hatch Back
6 Wagon
626
626
626
929
929
B series Pickup
B2000 / B2200
B2000 / B2200
B2500 / B2600
B2500 / B2600
B3000
B3000
B4000
B4000
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Mazda
Begin Year
All
Pre-1995
All
1999
Page 799
Page 800
Index From Mazda
Index
Model
CX-7
CX-9
GLC
Mazda Speed
Miata
Miata
Millenia
MPV
MPV
MPV LX
MX-5 Miata
MX-5 Miata
MX3
MX5 Roadster
MX6
MX6
Navajo
Protg
Protg
Protg 5
Protg Speed
RX7
RX7
RX8
Tribute
Model
190E Series
260E
300CE
300E
300E
300SL
300TE
420SEL
450SL
500S
500SL
To Mercedes
Method
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Mazda
Body Style
SUV
SUV
4 Door
4 door
Mercedes
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
Begin Year
2007
2007
1980
2005
1990
2001
1995
1989
2000
2002
2004
2006
1992
End Year
2012
2012
1990
2010
2000
2008
2002
1999
2007
2003
2005
2011
1996
1988
1993
1991
1990
1990
2002
2003
1986
1993
2004
2001
1992
1997
1998
2003
2001
2003
2005
1992
1996
2010
2009
Begin Year
1984
1980
1990
1980
1989
1990
1980
1990
1977
2003
1990
End Year
1995
1988
1995
1988
1994
1995
1988
1996
2008
1995
Page #
523
524
518
517
513
517
514
515
516
516
517
517
502
513
519
512
519
519
518
519
519
512
520
509
522
Page #
525
528
526
528
533
530
528
527
528
530
530
Index From Mercedes

TO Mercedes
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
4 door
4 door
Coupe
Coupe
Sedan & Wagon

Sedan & Wagon
Sedan
Sedan
Coupe
AMG Coupe
Coupe
coupe & convertible
Coupe & Convertible
coupe & convertible
Coupe & Convertible
Coupe & Convertible
Coupe & Convertible
Coupe
Sedan & Wagon

Sedan
Wagon
Coupe
Sedan
Sport Sedan
Begin Year
1986
1986
2008
1994
2002
2002
2003
2004
2000
2000
2002
2002
2000
2001
2001
2006
1998
1998
1998
1998
2005
1998
1998
2011
2010
2010
2010
1996
1996
2006
2006
2011
1996
1996
2005
End Year
1991
1991
2012
2002
2005
2005
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2012
2002
2003
2012
2005
2012
2004
2004
2012
2012
2012
2014
2012
2012
2012
2003
2009
2009
2009
2014
2009
2009
2012
2006
2006
2012
2010
Page #
530
530
537
533
529
533
529
533
529
533
529
533
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
538
543
542
542
531
531
531
531
539
531
531
536
525
535
531
Index
560SL
560SL
C Class
C-Series
C230
C230
C280
C280
C320
C320
C32AMG
C32AMG
CL-500
CL55
CL600
CLK 250
CLK 320
CLK 350
CLK 430
CLK 500
CLK 500
CLK 55
CLK Series
E 350
E Class
E Class Convertible
E Class Coupe
E-Class
E320
E350
E350
E350
E430
E55AMG
G Class
G500
GL
GL450
Mercedes
Page 801
Page 802
Index From Mercedes
Index
Model
GLK
GLK
ML320
ML350
ML430
ML500
ML55
S-Class
SL 500
SL 600
SL Class
SL Convertible
SLK 280
SLK 350
SLK Class
Model
Capri
Capri
Capri Convertible
Capri Convertible
Cougar
Cougar
Cougar
Cougar
Grand Marquis
LN7
Lynx
Marauder
Mariner
Merkur
Milan
Milan
Montego
Monterey
Mountaineer
Mountaineer
Mountaineer
To Mercury
Mercedes
Method
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
SUV
SUV
coupe & convertible

coupe & convertible
coupe & convertible
Mercury
Method
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
Body Style
Begin Year
2010
2010
1998
2004
All
2000
2000
1994
1999
1999
1999
2003
2003
2005
2003
End Year
2012
2012
2002
2007
Begin Year
1983
1983
1991
1991
1984
1989
1989
1999
1985
1983
1983
2003
2001
All
2006
2010
2005
2004
1997
2002
2002
End Year
1993
1986
1994
1994
1988
1997
1997
2002
2011
1990
1990
2004
2010
2002
2002
2009
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2007
2010
2009
2012
2007
2007
2001
2005
2005
Page #
540
541
532
531
532
532
532
533
534
534
534
530
530
530
530
Page #
131
132
131
132
149
127
127
142
127
149
149
127
130
168
144
163
127
147
122
135
136
Index From Mercury Index From Make To TO

Mitsubishi
Make
Model
Model
Clubman
Cooper
Cooper
Cooper Convertible
Countryman
Model
3000 GT
3000 GT Spyder
Diamante
Diamante
Diamante
Diamante Wagon
Eclipse
Eclipse
Eclipse
Eclipse
Eclipse Spyder
Eclipse Spyder
Method
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M2
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
Begin Year
2006
1995
1995
1985
1992
1996
2008
End Year
2011
2000
2000
1991
1995
2005
2009
1984
1984
1991
1991
1993
All
1983
1991
1994
1994
2000
2000
2002
1990
2000
Body Style
Long body
Begin Year
2008
End Year
2012
Convertible
Convertible
4 door
2008
2009
2011
2012
2012
2013
Page #
544
544
544
544
545
Begin Year
1991
1991
1992
1992
1997
1993
1990
1995
2000
2006
2003
2007
End Year
1999
1999
1996
1996
2004
1996
1994
1999
2005
2012
2005
2012
Page #
546
546
547
547
552
547
548
549
565
565
565
565
4 Door
Mini
Mitsubishi
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
Convertible
Convertible
Convertible
Page #
133
125
126
149
150
151
127
168
131
132
131
132
141
168
131
132
Index
Mountaineer
Mystique
Mystique
Sable
Sable
Sable
Sable
Scorpio
Topaz
Topaz
Tracer
Tracer
Villager
XR4Ti
Zephyr
Zephyr
Mercury
Page 803
Page 804
Index From Mitsubishi
Index
Model
Endeavor
Endeavor
Evolution
Expo
Galant
Galant
Galant
Galant
Galant
IMIEV
Lancer
Lancer
Lancer
Mighty Max
Mirage
Mirage
Mirage
Mirage
Mirage
Mirage
Mirage Sedan
Montero
Montero
Montero Sport
Outlander
Outlander
Pickup
Precis
Raider
Ralliart
Starion
Van
Model
Fuso FE
Fuso FE
Fuso FE
To Mitsubishi HT
Mitsubishi
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
4 door
Sport Back
2 Door Coupe
3 Door Hatch
4 Door Sedan
2 door
2 door
4 door
Sedan
Mitsubishi HT
Method
M1
M1
M2
Begin Year
2004
2010
2004
1993
1987
1987
1994
1999
2004
2012
2002
2007
2007
All
1985
1989
1989
1989
1993
1997
1997
1989
2001
1997
2003
2007
End Year
2008
2012
2007
1994
1993
1993
1998
2003
2012
2013
2006
2012
2012
1990
2006
2004
1983
Upto 1990
1993
2009
2005
1989
Body Style
New Style
Old Style
Old Style
1988
1992
1996
1996
1996
2002
2002
2000
2007
2004
2006
2012
Begin Year
All
All
All
Page #
550
550
554
558
547
547
551
551
553
568
554
566
566
564
555
547
556
547
556
557
557
558
559
560
561
567
564
562
563
554
549
564
Page #
571
569
570
Index From Nissan
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Nissan
Body Style
2 door
4 door
Cabriolet
2 Door
Begin Year
1987
1996
1989
1995
1983
1990
2003
2006
2004
2009
1993
1998
2002
2007
2010
2004
2004
1990
2009
1998
1998
2005
2001
2009
2011
2011
1990
1995
2000
2004
2009
2003
2009
2011
2012
1991
2003
1982
Page 805
End Year
1995
1998
1994
1998
1989
1996
2005
2008
2009
2012
1997
2001
2006
2009
2013
2012
2012
1992
2013
2004
2004
2012
2004
2012
2012
2012
1994
1999
2003
2008
2012
2008
2012
2012
2012
1994
2004
1995
Page #
572
573
574
576
575
576
576
576
576
606
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
591
607
584
585
585
586
576
601
611
587
588
589
579
610
590
608
609
598
576
586
591
Index
200SX
200SX
240SX
240SX
300ZX
300ZX
350 Z
350 Z
350 Z Roadster
370 Z
Altima
Altima
Altima
Altima
Altima
Armada
Armada
Axxess
Cube
Frontier
Frontier
Frontier
Frontier Crew Cab
GTR
Juke
Leaf
Maxima
Maxima
Maxima
Maxima
Maxima
Murano
Murano
Murano
NV Linup
NX
Open Sky
Pathfinder
TO Nissan
Page 806
Index From Nissan
Index
Model
Pathfinder
Pathfinder
Pathfinder Armada
Pathfinder Armada
Pickup
Pickup
Pickup
Pulsar
Quest
Quest
Quest
Quest
Rogue
Sentra
Sentra
Sentra
Sentra
Sentra
Sentra SE-R
Stanza
Titan
Truck
Versa
Versa
Versa
Xterra
Xterra
Model
88
88
98
98
98
98
98
Achieva
Achieva
To Oldsmobile
Method
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M3
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Nissan
Body Style
van
van
van
van
5 door Hatch
4 door
4 door
Oldsmobile
Method
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
Body Style
4 door
2 Door
2 & 4 door
4 door
2 door
Begin Year
1996
2005
2004
2004
1985
1998
1998
All
1993
2004
2011
2011
2008
1987
1991
1995
2001
2007
2004
1982
2004
1985
2007
2007
2012
2000
2005
End Year
2004
2012
2012
2012
1997
2004
2005
2002
2010
2013
2013
2012
1990
1994
1999
2006
2012
2006
1998
2012
1997
2012
2011
2013
2004
2012
Page #
592
593
582
583
591
584
585
576
594
595
596
597
605
587
599
599
599
602
599
587
582
591
603
603
604
600
600
Begin Year
1991
1991
1980
1980
1985
1991
1991
1992
1992
End Year
1999
1999
1984
1984
1990
1996
1996
1997
1997
Page #
289
289
185
250
218
289
289
253
253
Index From Oldsmobile

Oldsmobile
Make
Index From Make To TO
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
2 Door
4 door
2 Door
Wagon
Wagon
4 door
2 & 4 Door
2 & 4 Door
4 door
2 Door
2 & 4 Door
3 Door
4 door
4 door
2 Door
2, 4 Door, Wagon
Front Wheel Drive
Begin Year
1997
1997
1995
2001
1985
1995
1995
2002
1980
1992
1980
1991
1982
1997
1985
1985
1985
1982
1980
1988
1980
1982
1980
1980
1986
1982
1997
1997
1997
1980
1997
1997
1990
1997
1997
1980
1986
1990
End Year
2004
2004
2000
2003
1994
2001
2001
2004
1990
1996
1990
1996
1986
2000
1991
1991
1996
1986
1987
1997
1984
1986
1985
1985
1990
1988
2002
2000
2000
1985
2000
2000
1996
2004
2004
1985
1989
1992
Page #
295
291
292
294
218
237
238
266
250
186
206
194
185
194
298
299
186
185
191
296
191
185
206
250
218
186
294
289
289
186
289
289
305
199
200
250
296
212
Index
Alero
Alero
Aurora
Aurora
Bravada
Bravada
Bravada
Bravada
Caprice
Cierra Wagon
Custom Cruiser
Custom Cruiser
Cutlass
Cutlass
Cutlass Calais
Cutlass Calais
Cutlass Cierra
Cutlass Cruiser
Cutlass Supreme
Cutlass Supreme
Cutlass Supreme Hatchback
Cutlass Wagon
Delta 88
Delta 88
Delta 88
Frienza
Intrigue
LSS
LSS
Omega
Regency
Regency
Silhouette
Silhouette
Silhouette
Toronado
Toronado
Toronado
Oldsmobile
Page 807
Page 808
Index From Oldsmobile
To Plymouth
Oldsmobile
Model
Method
M1
Toronado Trofeo
Body Style
Peterbilt
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
270
387
389
All Other Models
Day Cab Over
Model
Peugeot
Index
All
Model
Acclaim
Breeze
Caravelle
Colt
Colt
Colt
Colt Vista
Colt Vista
Colt Vista
Duster
Grand Fury
Horizon
Laser
Laser
Neon
Neon
Prowler
Reliant
Sundance
Van
Voyager
Voyager
Plymouth
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
Pop up locks
Horizontal
Pop up locks
Pop up locks
Horizontal
Pop up locks
2 door
4 door
Full Size
Begin Year
1990
Body Style
Day Cab Over
Method
M1
Begin Year
1989
1996
1984
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1984
1990
1983
1984
1990
1994
1994
1999
1984
1984
1985
1984
1991
End Year
1992
Page #
212
Begin Year
All
All
All
All
All
Page #
612
612
614
615
613
Begin Year
All
Page #
616
End Year
1995
2000
1986
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1991
1990
1989
1994
1999
1999
2000
1988
1994
1997
1990
2000
Page #
101
76
73
71
89
72
71
89
72
101
75
101
73
112
94
95
78
73
101
101
73
85
Index From Pontiac Index From Make To Make

TO Pontiac
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
4 Door
4 Door
5 Door
2 door
2 Door
2 Door
2 door
2 door
4 door
4 door
2 door
4 Door
2 Door
2 & 4 door
2 Door
4 door
Wagon
4 Door
Begin Year
1984
2001
1982
1987
1992
2000
2004
1984
1982
1993
2009
2006
2005
2008
1985
1985
1992
1992
1999
1999
1980
1988
1988
1997
2004
2005
1982
1982
1997
1997
2005
1980
1980
1980
1980
2006
1984
1995
End Year
1992
2005
1986
1991
1999
2005
2005
1988
1992
2002
2009
2008
2009
2009
1991
1991
2002
2005
2005
2005
1987
1996
1996
2003
2008
2007
1989
1993
2004
2004
2007
1989
1989
1985
1989
2009
1991
2002
Page #
186
297
185
218
301
293
293
246
239
239
232
268
315
308
298
299
299
300
291
300
191
296
296
302
315
303
243
185
199
200
200
206
206
243
206
304
243
188
Index
6000/STE
Aztek
Bonneville
Bonneville
Bonneville
Bonneville
Bonneville GXP
Fiero
Firebird
Firebird
G3
G5
G6
G8
Grand Am
Grand Am
Grand Am
Grand Am
Grand Am
Grand Am
Grand Prix
Grand Prix
Grand Prix
Grand Prix
Grand Prix
GTO
J2000
Lemans
Montana
Montana
Montana SVX
Parisienne
Parisienne
Pheonix
Safari
Solstice
Sunbird
Sunfire
Pontiac
Page 809
Page 810
Index From Pontiac
Pontiac
Model
Sunfire
T1000
Torrent
Torrent
Trans Am
Trans Am
Trans Sport
Trans Sport
Trans Sport
Trans Sport SE
Vibe
Vibe
Vibe
Index
To Saab
Method
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
Body Style
2 Door
mini-van
Porsche
Model
911
911
911 Carrera
911 Carrera S
928
944
ALL OTHERS
Boxter
Cayenne
Panamera
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
Coupe
9-3
9-3
9-3
9-3
9-3
9-3 Convertible
End Year
2004
1984
2009
2009
1992
2002
1996
2004
2004
1996
2009
2009
Page #
188
185
247
248
239
239
305
199
200
305
306
307
309
Begin Year
1980
1987
2006
2006
All
1987
End Year
1986
2005
2012
2012
Page #
620
617
620
620
618
620
617
617
618
619
All
2003
2010
Rolls Royce
Method
M1
Corniche
Model
Begin Year
1995
1982
2006
2006
1982
1993
1990
1997
1997
1990
2003
2003
2009
Method
M1
M1
M2
M2
M1
M1
Saab
Body Style
Convertible
Convertible
Begin Year
1999
1999
1999
1999
2003
2003
1992
2012
2012
Begin Year
All
Page #
621
End Year
2002
2002
2002
2002
2012
2011
Page #
624
624
624
624
625
625
Index From Saab
Model
Model
Astra
Aura
Equinox
EV1
Ion
Ion
Ion Redline
Ion Redline
L Series
LS, LS1, LS2
LW1, LW2
Outlook
Relay
S Series
SC1, SC2
SC1, SC2
Sky
SL, SL1, SL2
SL, SL1, SL2
SW1, SW2
SW1, SW2
Method
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
Method
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Saab
Body Style
SUV
Saturn
Body Style
5 door Hatch
4 door
4 door
4 door
Wagon
SUV
2 Door
2 & 3 door
4 Door
4 door
5 Door Wagon
5 door wagon
Page 811
Begin Year
2007
2011
1999
1999
2002
2010
2004
2005
1994 & up
1994 & up
Upto 1993
1986
1986
2005
2005
End Year
2011
2013
2001
2001
2010
2012
2006
2010
1999
1999
2006
2006
Page #
625
628
624
624
625
627
625
626
624
624
622
622
622
623
623
Begin Year
2008
2007
2005
2001
2003
2003
2004
2004
2000
2000
2000
2007
2005
1996
1991
1996
2007
1991
1996
1991
1996
End Year
2009
2009
2009
2003
2007
2007
2007
2007
2004
2002
2002
2009
2007
2002
1995
2002
2009
1995
2002
1995
2001
Page #
282
315
248
313
310
311
310
311
312
312
312
282
199
313
313
313
304
313
313
313
313
Index
9-3 Sport
9-4X
9-5
9-5
9-5
9-5
9-5 Convertible
9-7X
900
900
900
9000
9000
92
92X
TO Saturn
Page 812
Index From Saturn
Model
Vue
Vue
Vue
Vue Redline
Model
Index
IQ
TC
XA
XB
XB
XD
XD
Model
ALL
ForTwo
ForTwo
Model
All Models
All Models
Bullet 4500
Bullet 5500
Ram 4500/5500
Model
3 door
B9 Tribeca
Baja
Forester
Forester
Forester
Impreza
Impreza
To Subaru
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Method
M3
M1
M2
Saturn
Body Style
Scion
Body Style
3 Door
Smart
Body Style
2 door
2 door
Sterling
Method
M1
M2
M2
M2
M1
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
Cab Chassis
Cab Chassis
Truck
Subaru
Body Style
Wagon
Begin Year
2002
2006
2009
2004
End Year
2009
2009
2010
2009
Page #
314
282
276
314
Begin Year
2012
2005
2004
2004
2008
2008
2012
End Year
2013
2010
2007
2007
2012
2012
2013
Page #
634
629
630
631
632
633
635
Begin Year
2008
2008
2008
End Year
2012
2012
2012
Page #
638
636
637
Begin Year
All
All
2008
2008
2008
End Year
Page #
640
641
642
642
639
Begin Year
All
2006
2003
1998
2003
2008
1993
1993
End Year
2009
2008
2009
2012
2007
2002
2007
2012
2001
2001
Page #
643
645
647
648
649
658
650
651
Index From Subaru Index From Make To Make

TO Suzuki
Model
Model
Aerio
Aerio GS Sedan
Aerio SX Hatchback
Equator
Esteem
Forenza
Forenza Wagon
Grand Vitara
Kizashi
Kizashi
Reno
Samarai
Sidekick
SV7
Swift
SX4
Verona
Vitara
X-90
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Body Style
4 door
4 Door
4 door
Suzuki
Body Style
3 Door
2 door
Horizontal Toggles
4 door
Begin Year
2002
2008
1993
1993
2003
All
1992
1995
2004
2010
1996
All
1996
2004
2010
All
2003
End Year
2007
2012
2001
2001
2007
Begin Year
2003
2003
2002
2009
1995
2004
2005
2006
2010
2010
2005
End Year
2007
2007
2007
2012
2002
2008
2008
2012
2012
2012
2008
1996
2002
All
2007
2004
1999
1996
1998
2005
1994
2003
2009
2012
2003
2003
2009
2012
2007
2012
2006
2005
1998
Page #
653
658
650
651
653
643
654
652
646
657
655
644
655
646
659
656
653
Page #
661
661
661
666
660
660
660
663
667
668
660
660
660
660
664
661
661
660
662
Index
Impreza
Impreza
Impreza Outback
Impreza Outback
Impreza WRX
Justy
Legacy
Legacy
Legacy
Legacy
Legacy Outback
Loyale
Outback
Outback
Outback
SVX
WRX
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Subaru
Page 813
Page 814
Index From Suzuki
Model
XL7
XL7
Index
Model
4-Runner
4-Runner
4-Runner
4-Runner
4-Runner
Avalon
Avalon
Avalon
Avalon
Camary
Camry
Camry
Camry
Camry
Camry
Camry
Camry
Canry
Celica
Celica
Celica
Celica
Corolla
Corolla
Corolla
Corolla
Corolla
Corolla
Corolla
Corolla
Corolla
Corolla
Corolla FX
Cressida
Method
M1
M1
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
To Toyota
Suzuki
Body Style
Toyota
Body Style
SUV
4 Door
2 Door
4 Door
4 Door
4 door
Coupe
4 Door
2 & 3 Door
Wagon
4 Door
2 Door
4 Door
Wagon
2 Door Hatch
Begin Year
2000
2007
End Year
2007
2012
Page #
660
665
Begin Year
1986
1990
1996
2003
2010
1995
2000
2006
2010
2012
1988
1992
1992
1997
2002
2002
2007
1984
1982
1990
1994
2000
1980
1983
1986
1986
1989
1993
1993
1998
2003
2009
1987
1986
End Year
1989
1995
2002
2007
2012
1999
2005
2010
2012
2013
1991
1996
1996
2001
2006
2006
2011
1987
1989
1993
1999
2005
1985
1988
1992
1992
1992
1997
1997
2002
2008
2012
1988
1988
Page #
687
687
687
670
671
672
672
672
673
678
674
675
676
677
677
677
677
685
679
680
680
680
684
681
685
685
682
686
686
687
688
729
683
685
Index From Toyota
Model
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M3
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Toyota
Body Style
2 Door
4 Door
4 Door
SUV
Convertible
4 Door
2 Door
4 Door
2 Door
Begin Year
1989
Upto 1985
2000
2000
2000
2007
2002
2008
2006
1980
1990
1998
2008
2003
2003
2009
1984
1991
2000
1992
1988
1991
1991
2001
2004
2010
1996
1996
1996
2001
2007
2001
2008
2012
1998
2004
2010
1999
Page 815
End Year
1992
2006
2006
2006
2012
2007
2009
2007
1989
1997
2007
2012
2008
2008
2012
1990
1995
2005
1998
1994
1997
1997
2003
2009
2012
2000
2000
2000
2006
2012
2007
2012
2013
2003
2009
2011
2003
Page #
690
689
693
691
692
725
694
730
694
695
696
697
733
698
699
731
700
700
700
701
687
702
703
704
705
706
709
710
711
707
708
712
732
715
713
714
713
716
Index
Cressida
Cressida
Echo
Echo
Echo
FJ Cruiser
Highlander
Highlander
Highlander Hybrid
Land Cruiser
Land Cruiser
Land Cruiser
Land Cruiser
Matrix
Matrix
Matrix
MR2
MR2
MR5 Spyder
Paseo
Pickup
Previa
Previa
Prius
Prius
Prius
RAV-4
RAV-4
RAV-4
RAV-4
RAV-4
Sequoia
Sequoia
Siena
Sienna
Sienna
Sienna
Solara
TO Toyota
Page 816
Index From Toyota
Index
Model
To Volvo
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Solara
Supra
Supra
Supra
T-100
Tacoma
Tacoma
Tercel
Tercel
Tercel
Tundra
Tundra
Tundra Stepside
Van
Venza
Yaris
Yaris
Yaris 5 DR Hatch
Model
Toyota
Body Style
2 Door
4 Door
2 Door
pickup
4 door
4 door
2 door
UD Nissan
All
Model
240
240DL
800 Series
900 Series
960
ALL
C30
C70
C70
C70
CX60
CX70
CX70
cX90
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Volvo
Body Style
Begin Year
2004
1982
1987
1993
1993
1996
2005
1991
1991
1995
1999
2007
2003
Upto 1991
2009
2007
2007
2008
Method
M1
Begin Year
1985
1985
1995
1983
1996
1980
2011
1998
2006
2011
2011
2005
2011
2003
End Year
2007
1986
1992
1998
1998
2004
2007
1994
1999
1998
2006
2012
2006
2012
2012
2012
2011
Page #
716
717
718
719
720
687
721
722
723
723
724
726
724
687
669
728
727
728
Begin Year
All
Page #
734
End Year
1996
1996
1997
1995
1997
1984
2013
2005
2012
2013
2013
2010
2013
2010
Page #
747
747
755
750
750
758
761
748
748
761
760
757
760
757
Index From Volvo
TO VW
Model
CX90
S40
S40
S60
S60
S60
S60R
S70
S70 R
S80
S80
S80
S90
V40
V50
V70
V70
V70
V90
X70 XC
X70R
XC60
XC70
Model
Body Style
Cross Country
5 Door
Volvo HT
Cab Over
New Style
White GMC
Model
Beetle
Beetle
Beetle
Beetle
Cabrio
Cabriolet
CC
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
VW
Body Style
Convertible
Old Style
2 Door
Begin Year
2011
2000
2005
2001
2005
2011
2002
1998
2003
1999
2007
2011
1998
2000
2005
1998
2001
2008
1998
2002
2003
2009
2008
End Year
2013
2004
2010
2004
2010
2013
2004
2004
2004
2006
2010
2013
2000
2004
2010
2000
2010
2010
2000
2004
2004
2012
2012
Page #
760
749
750
751
752
753
751
755
755
754
750
753
750
749
750
756
751
759
750
751
751
759
759
Begin Year
All
All
All
Page #
762
763
764
Begin Year
1998
2004
2012
Pre-1998
1995
End Year
2010
2010
2013
2009
2012
Page #
736
737
738
735
735
735
743
Method
M1
M1
M1
2002
Index
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
Volvo
Page 817
Page 818
Index From VW
Index
Model
Corrado
Eos
EOS
Eurovan
Fox
Golf
Golf
Golf
GTI
GTI
GTI
GTI
Jetta
Passat
Passat
Phaeton
Quantum
Rabbit
Rabbit
Routan
Scirocco
Tiguan
Touareg
Touareg
Vanogan
Model
Classic Style
New Style
Slant Nose
To Western Star
Method
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
VW
Body Style
convertible
Van
4 door
Western Star
Method
M1
M1
M1
Begin Year
All
2007
2011
All
1988
1995
1995
2010
1995
1995
2007
Upto 1998
1986
1990
2006
2005
End Year
1989
2006
2009
All
2009
2004
2011
1999
2009
2012
Body Style
Heavy Duty
Heavy Duty
2010
2013
1996
2004
2006
2012
2004
2006
2010
2009
2005
2010
2006
2012
2010
2012
Begin Year
All
All
Page #
739
737
746
735
739
739
735
737
739
735
737
735
739
740
740
741
739
739
740
744
739
745
742
742
735
Page #
765
765
766
Go To Index
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Tool Identification Section
Page 819
Tool #22 - small hook Tool
Tool #23 - Horizontal Linkage Tool

Tool #26 - Double tool
Tool #35 - Inside access tool
Go To Index
Page 820
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Tool #42 - Reverse Hook Tool
Tool #47 - s tool
Tool #57 and 87 - Strip and Strap Tools
Tool #57 - Strip Tool
Tool# 87 - Strap Tool
The Strip tool is part of the Strap

Tool. To use the Strip Tool without
the Flexible Strap Tool housing Just
remove the Strip Tool and use it
separately
Tool #65 - Small Inside Access Tool
Go To Index
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 821
Tool #66 - Check Mark Tool
Tool #67 - Ford Cable tool

Tool #71 - Camry Tool
Tool #74 - Mini Inside Access Tool
Go To Index
Page 822
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Tool #77 - In the door metal tool
Tool #78 - Flexible Long Reach Tool
Also known as 78SG

Go To Index
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 823
Tool #88 - In the door metal Tool

Go To Index
Page 824
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Tool #101 - In the door Metal Tool
Tool #103
Go To Index
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 825
Tool #104
Tool #105
Tool #112
Tool #114
Go To Index
Page 826
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Tool #115
Tool #118 - Liberty Tool
Tool #119 - CTS Tool
Tool #120 - Sterling Tool
Go To Index
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 827
Tool #123
Tool #125
Tool #126 - Quest Tool
Copper Loop Tool and Slim Jim
Copper Loop Tool
Slim Jim
Go To Index
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 828
Remote Control Button Master
Access Windshield Lights
Access Smart Light
Power Night Vision Light
One-Hand Jacks
Super One Hand Jack
One Hand Jack
Glassman, Wedgee, Strip Savers
Glassman Tool
Wedgee
Strip Savers

Aperturas de Autos 2012 Si PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Aperturas de Autos 2012 Si PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Go To Index

ACCESS LOCK-OUT MANUAL 2011-2012

Safety first. Always use eye protection and leather

Always use the Index!

To find a vehicle look in the Index under Make first.

Check For Method 2

Some vehicles have a second method that is

Check For Alternate Methods

Some vehicles have an Alternate methods that is

Check The V.I.N. Number

The 10th digit of the Vehicle Identification Number

High Tech Tools/Access Tools 2011-2012

Group3 Group2 NewId Style PRI Diagram

_Alternate Method Alt 23 Using the 23 Tool

_ALTERNATE023_ALTERNATE 585 Style00 1 Alt23

Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104

_ALTERNATE103-4_ALTERNATE 1214 Style00 1 Alt103-04

_Alternate Method Alt 22 Using the 22 Tool

_ALTERNATE22_ALTERNATE 1211 Style00 1 Alt22

_Alternate Method Alt 26 Using the 26 Tool

Tool: Double Tool 26

_ALTERNATE26_ALTERNATE 1212 Style00 1 Alt26

_Alternate Method Alt 35 Using the 35 Tool

_ALTERNATE35_ALTERNATE 1210 Style00 1 Alt35

_Alternate Method Alt 47 Using the 47 Tool

_ALTERNATE47_ALTERNATE 1215 Style00 1 Alt47

_Alternate Method Alt 74 Using the 74 Tool

_ALTERNATE74_ALTERNATE 1213 Style00 1 Alt74

_Alternate Method Alt GM Using the Glassman Tool

Tool: Glassman Tool

_ALTERNATE78Glass_ALTERNATE 1216 Style00 1 AltGm

_Alternate Method Alt GMV Using the Glassman Tool

_ALTERNATE78GlassV_ALTERNATE 1695 Style00 1 AltgmV

_Alternate Method Alt OHJ Using the One Hand Jack

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG

_ALTERNATE78SG_ALTERNATE 1412 Style00 1 Altohj

_Alternate Method Using the Starter Air Jack & 78 Tool

_ALTERNATE78SGc_ALTERNATE 1876 Style00 1 StartMulti

_Alternate Method Alt81 Using the 81 Tool

TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81

_ALTERNATE81_ALTERNATE 1259 Style00 1 Alt81

_Alternate Method Alt87 Using the 87 Tool

_ALTERNATE87_ALTERNATE 1217 Style00 1 Alt87

_Alternate Method Alt89 Using the 89 Tool

TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 89

_ALTERNATE89_ALTERNATE 605 Style00 1 Alt89FD

_Alternate Method AltSJ1 Using the Slim Jim

_ALTERNATESG_ALTERNATE 1218 Style00 1 Altsj1

_Alternate Method AltSJ2 Using the Slim Jim

Tool: SLIM JIM

_ALTERNATESG2_ALTERNATE 1219 Style00 1 Altsj2

_Alternate MethodALT125 Using the 125 Tool

_ALTERNATESG3_ALTERNATE 1772 Style00 1 V12501

Acura CL 1997 1999

Alternative method use

Tool in Insertion Position

View from Inside the Door

Tool in Working Position

Close up of Tool in Action

ACURA001ACURA 635 Style05 1 H7701F

Acura CL 2 Door 2001 2003

Tool in Insertion Position